Home

50BAir Quality Monitoring in Scotland: Site Operators' Manual

1. cccssceeesceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeseeeseeeeeeeeenenenes 2 1 2 Updating and Version Cont sciscicscccssetcuetierescosidond oivsctneossvinynonsdadcnoss ue inntwseieansiieties 3 2 About Scottish Air Quality MOnitOr lng swscsiscieisessicsssccsssacacsacentescceecsantsxsdacssdstusesanwstaedests 4 2 1 Objectives of Scottish Air Quality MOMItOring eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteneeeteeeeeeeees 4 2 2 Locations of Monitoring Stations 6cscadssctecses cc tiecececttuescee cteactetrctccanitieeaetccnen eee 4 Zo P oll tants MONMOred siese NN NEEE 6 3 Roles and RES DONS IONS Gi ci sciccnessssccsnansnisierssuinnssasuusnsaxssnnnvsvssntaedicansanwsantuisnaaniadeasatunnsas 8 3 1 Overview of operational structure c ccccesccececesneeeeeeseseeeeeseeeseeesssnaeeessseeeeeeess 8 3 2 Duties and responsibilities Of AN LSO eee ccccseceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeaeeeeeeneeeeeees 8 39 LSOraNNg seee ikti gnia ties aie Ee maniebeaatsabtabecanunaceuuety 10 4 Quality Assurance Quality Control Objectives ccsccccsssseeeeesseeseeeseeseeeeeseseaees 11 5 Data Reguire Ment Sansir nn an email aimee 13 5 1 Data Capture csi cttarinn dae asian coals inesi sidat i chante ENE E AEA EENET E Eea Eia 13 6 Sit Selecto serisinin aare iieiaei anes i saa N Pania Ar a eaii iei Eai eda aaa Nisu aiaia 15 6 14 Site Location criteria AURN Sites 0 ccccccceceeseeceeeseneeeeeeessaeeeessseeeeessneaeees 15 6 2 Site Location Criteria Non AURN Sit S 00
2. 13 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure View the Monitor Labs Procedures Video on YouTube Results of the calibration will be taken from either the data logger display if fitted or the instrument s display for recording on the calibration record sheets The display is to be used to determine that the instrument has fully stabilized in its response to the gas sample being introduced at its inlet When closing the calibration gas cylinder valves care should be taken not to overtighten the valves on the gas regulator Overtightening can damage the needle valve mechanism resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should however be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder 13 4 1 Analyser Stability Criteria The ML98XX series analysers show both an instantaneous and an average concentration on the front panel display By examining both of these values the analyser stability can be assessed During calibration if both values are the same 2 ppb for NO NOx SO and O and 0 1 ppm for CO then the analyser can be considered to have stabilised 13 4 2 CO Analyser A two point calibration of the carbon monoxide analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 68 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring
3. Ensure there is adequate ventilation Compliance with applicable regulations 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION EC Classification O R8 EC Labelling Symbol s O Oxidizing R Phrase s R8 Contact with combustible material may cause fire S Phrase s S17 Keep away from combustible material 16 OTHER INFORMATION Training advice Receptacle under pressure Ensure all national local regulations are observed End of document Air Liquide UK Ltd In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom AIR LIQUIDE pane Hovi Page 1 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 2 Date 16 3 2009 Supersedes 15 4 2008 lt 200 ppm carbon monoxide in air 1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE PREPARATION AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING Trade name Company identification Emergency phone nr lt 200 ppm carbon monoxide in air Air Liquide UK Ltd Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom 01675 462695 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Substance Preparation Components Preparation This product is not hazardous but contains hazardous components Substance name Contents CAS No EC No Annex No Classification Carbon monoxide lt 200 ppm 630 08 0 211 128 3 006 001 00 2 F R12 Repr Cat 1 R61 T R23 48 23 Compressed air balance 132259 10 0 0 wr wee 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Ha
4. 5 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to a deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk Check that the roof area and fittings are secure that there are no loose items left on the roof and stow any site ladder safely inside the monitoring station Check that all cylinders except the CO autocal cylinder are firmly closed and all cylinders are secure Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 95 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 16 Horiba Equipment 360 Series Site Operational Procedures 16 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs ar
5. Analyser adjustment Check site records and ESU documentation repair or service has taken place Calibration cylinder Check calibration ee number changed Backing paper inserted or Hiciseia ani filter holder left on the Teflon sample filter Teflon filter clogged or Visual inspection of filter paper for dirt or blockage contaminated possibly by charcoal from zero air scrubber Leak in sampling system Check sample flow and vacuum A low vacuum indicates a causing dilution of the leak or defective pump calibration gas Incorrect analyser Check analyser range setting response range usually seen as half or double the expected calibration value Zero response unstable Zero air scrubber Check condition of scrubber materials exhausted silica gel orange okay clear used Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 158 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual _Purafil purple okay brown used close to empt replacement housing secure Falling NO2 span response during calibration Molybdenum converter Check calibration screen to see if NO2 span response is fault steadily falling during the calibration Alternatively take span readings at 2 10 and 20 minute intervals to see if the response falls Check diagnostics to see if there is converter temperature fault Molybdenum converter Full converter test required and replacement converter material has been needed consumed NO gas cylinder near
6. Exchange of Purge Filter _ Main Flow Controller Bypass Flow Controll Control Unit A RERE Sensor Unit Figure 19 1 Analyser Schematic showing 1 generation FDMS unit B type drier 19 2 1 TEOM FDMS Pre Checks The R amp P TEOM FDMS instrument has a 4 line display screen as shown in Figure 19 2 The top line displays from left to right current status code current operating mode percentage of filter lifetime used current RS 232 mode and current time This top line is fixed whilst the other 3 lines of the display can be used to scroll through a list of information lines displaying various parameters Use the cursor keys on the keypad to scroll up and down Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 127 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Current Status Code Current Operating Mode Percentage of Filter Lifetime Used Current RS 232 Mode Current Time 04 377Z 0 11 50 Status Line Mass Conc 33 6 30 Min MC 26 8 Informational Lines __01 Hr MC i ir ih Ge 08 Hr MC G i lt V gt Scroll Up 24 Hr MC 9 4 Total Mass 120 65 Case Temp 50 00 i Air Temp 50 01 Cap Temp 52 00 Additional Encl Temp 40 02 Informational Lines Main Flow 3 00 i Aux Flow 13 67 i t Ave Temp 25 00 i Ave Pres 1 000 aes 1 i Noise 0 068 I Frequency 278 66318 lt Y gt Scroll Down Figure 19 2 TEOM front panel display Two lights
7. Perform the routine instrument checks on the instrument as described in the relevant section within Part B of this document to verify optimum performance of the analyser Connect a calibration gas cylinder to the instrument and conduct a calibration check following the procedures detailed in the relevant section of Part B Having allowed the appropriate stabilisation times observe the reading on the instrument front panel If this shows that the analyser has responded to the calibration gas as would normally be expected the problem does not lie in the actual measurement process Verify that the analyser response on the data logger or front panel is normal 24 1 3 Data logging or telemetry malfunction 1 Are the datalogger and modem receiving mains power Check for blown fuses or trips in the electricity supply unit the equipment plugs and the current protect fuses on the equipment itself Verify that the cables connecting logger to modem and modem to BT phone socket are in place and are not damaged in any way Verify that the logger set up programme has not become corrupted by checking carefully the display screen You may be asked to observe the modem display while telemetry communications from QA QC to the site are being attempted 24 1 4 IZS Unit Malfunction QA QC will advise on the need for checking Internal Zero and Span IZS units if problems are identified 24 1 5 Site Vandalism Record details of site vandalism and
8. 2 Switch Analyser out of service by changing the MODE from lt EXT gt to lt LOCAL gt and flicking the sitc Locate the Web logger and hold the lt Zero gt button until the red light illuminates Note only one button can be switched on at any one time Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or Instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 mintutes between each set of readings Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The Stab value should be less than 1ppb Repeat process if readings did not stabilise Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light illuminates if an auto calibration cylinder is being used to calibrate the analyser If a cylinder is being manually connected to be used for the calibration press and hold lt SERVICE gt button until red light illuminates 10 Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately 11 Check flow of site cylinder regulator secondary pressure should read approximately 15 psi To adjust flow slowly turn pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at the
9. 8 Attend and participate in twice yearly site audits These are twice yearly visits by a member of the QA QC team at Ricardo AEA The purpose is partly to check that all the instrumentation is functioning correctly However the other purpose is to check that the LSO has the necessary skills and is carrying out calibrations etc correctly You may be asked to carry out some of your routine tasks by the site auditor This is nothing to worry about and it provides an opportunity to ask any questions you may have 9 Ensure that a suitably trained colleague is able to cover for you if you have to miss a routine calibration visit for example if you are on holiday or off sick This is a requirement of your organisation s contract with the CMCU All sites must have at least two people trained to carry out LSO duties for this reason 10 Train up your replacement LSO if necessary When a new site is set up or affiliated the LSOs are trained by Ricardo AEA However from then on it is the LSO organisation s responsibility to train up any replacements necessary So if Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 9 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 11 you are unable to continue to act as an LSO for example if you are leaving your organisation it will be the responsibility of you and or your colleagues to train up your replacement Health and Safety Responsibilities These are as listed in the U
10. Check that the results from this calibration are consistent with those of the previous calibration The zero value should not differ by more than 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the NOx analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 14 5 of this section On the front of the ENVIDAS logger module press the relevant button to set the NOx analyser to SAMPLE when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration 14 4 4 SO2 Analyser The following two point calibration of the SO analyser is to be undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 2 10 11 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet Open the door on the front of the ENVIDAS logger module and press the relevant button to set the SO analyser to ZERO This sets the solenoid valves to introduce zero gas to the analyser whilst also flagging the data as calibration data and not to be used Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred i e the SO concentration displayed on the instrument front panel d
11. RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Report for the Scottish Government Ricardo AEA R 57729 Issue 1 Date 19 12 2012 RICARDO AEA Scottish Government Customer reference Confidentiality copyright amp reproduction This report is the Copyright of Ricardo AEA and has been prepared by Ricardo AEA Ltd under contract to Scottish Government The contents of this report may not be reproduced in whole or in part nor passed to any organisation or person without the specific prior written permission of the Scottish Government Ricardo AEA Ltd accepts no liability whatsoever to any third party for any loss or damage arising from any interpretation or use of the information contained in this report or reliance on any views expressed therein Ricardo AEA reference Ref ED57729 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 Contact Stuart Sneddon Ricardo AEA Ltd 2 Floor 18 Blythswood Square Glasgow G2 4BG t 01235 753015 e stuart sneddon ricardo aea com Ricardo AEA is certificated to ISO9001 and ISO14001 Author Stephen Gray Alison Loader Approved By Stuart Sneddon Date 19 December 2012 Signed n j P a qE Sines Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Table of contents 1 IMtrod CtiOM siiani naai i aaaeei 2 1 1 What is Covered by This Manual
12. Analysers with A and E suffix i e M100A M200E etc have a built in stability function This can be accessed by pressing the TEST button on the front panel until STABIL or NOx Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 48 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual STABIL as appropriate is displayed During calibration if this value is close to zero lt 1 ppb for NO NOx and Os lt 2 ppb for SO and lt 0 5 ppm for CO then the analyser can be considered to have stabilised 11 4 2 CO Analyser The two point calibration of a carbon monoxide analyser is carried out as follows 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Record the instrument number and instrument running range on the calibration record sheet Switch CO out of service by pressing the Cal button on the front panel once only This allows calibration data to be flagged Do not press Cal Z or Cal S The Cal light should now turn on and Sample light switch off Uncap the CO zero air inlet situated on the front of the instrument rack or where a zero air cylinder is supplied connect the tubing and turn the cylinder on If fitted turn the CO inlet selection valve from CO AMBIENT to CO WEEKLY ZERO SPAN Connect the zero air generator to this zero air inlet Plug in or switch on zero air generator Check that flow indicator shows a flow of 1 9 0 1 litres per minute Adjust i
13. None 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS General Do not discharge into any place where its accumulation could be dangerous Contact supplier if guidance is required Disposal method Consult supplier for specific recommendations 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION UN No 1956 H I nr 20 ADR RID Air Liquide UK Ltd In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom AIR LIQUIDE pans Hour Page 3 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 1 Date 22 6 2009 Supersedes 0 0 0 0 to 200 ppm nitric oxide in nitrogen 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION continued Proper shipping name ADR Class ADR RID Classification code Labelling ADR Other transport information 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION COMPRESSED GAS N O S Nitrogen Nitric oxide 2 1A Label 2 2 Non flammable non toxic gas Avoid transport on vehicles where the load space is not separated from the driver s compartment Ensure vehicle driver is aware of the potential hazards of the load and knows what to do in the event of an accident or an emergency Before transporting product containers Ensure that containers are firmly secured Ensure cylinder valve is closed and not leaking Ensure valve outlet cap nut or plug where provided is correctly fitted Ensure valve protection device where provided is correctly fitted Ensure there is adequate ventilation Compliance with appli
14. Operator and Start Time This can be done directly into the spreadsheet on a laptop or written onto a paper printout of the spreadsheet and entered electronically back at your office 3 Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully 4 Ensure that the site toolkit if provided is complete 16 3 Pre calibration Checks In this section a number of initial visual checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the pre calibration spreadsheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration 16 3 1 CO Analyser The APMA 360 CO analyser has a multi line alphanumeric display that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Pressing any key on the analyser front panel will turn the screen on again A blinking cursor on the display disappears after 10 minutes of inactivity to redisplay the cursor press the up or down arrows 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient CO concentration
15. Wel WMO CUCUON Mea e A E E A E E E 65 13 2 Preparatiomenenusiernnn a a E E SEEE 65 13 3 Pre calibration Checks cecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeaaeeeeaeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseneeeseeeees 66 13 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure ceccccescceeeseceeeseeeseeeeeeseseeesnaeeesnanenesanenenaees 68 13 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters 0 00 0 ececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaees 72 13 6 Changing the daily CO cylinder Where fitted 2 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 73 13 7 Post calibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 74 Monitor Labs 98 Series Equipment With Envidas Data Logger Site Operational PPE NN Saas ccs ticesccnctssessetncd cctinsatccendaseasaauceicexs cabsancuicencedcnstactataccesseanacesuenstecsateacs 76 141 SOA HON rsen ETN 76 14 2 Preparation 0 cccccccccccccssececeesseeeeeesseaeeeescaaeeeeseeeeeeeeesccaaeeeseeseseseseneaeeeesseneeeeeee 76 14 3 Pre calibration Cheers sisiusecincitraninnircanitieneeeadiitenssntishianiscuaner 77 14 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure c cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenaees 79 14 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters 0 0 0 0 ccc eeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 82 14 6 Changing the daily CO cylinder Where fitted eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 82 14 7 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection c cceeceeeeeeeeees 82 CM20X
16. as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control left hand valve If a flow meter is fitted a further adjustment of the gas flow can be made In this case use the output needle valve to adjust the output flow to approximately 1 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time if a flow meter is present Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute Verify that stabilisation has taken place i e the NOx NO concentrations should not vary more than 4 ppb in 10 minutes which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary screen Record three consecutive NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 90 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 13 14 15 16 In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator th
17. cc ceeeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeees 15 7 Monitoring INStPUINe NAG OM ai csiisisscstsniesisieisiccnsnciasnnswvnucinnwsneaiansuad acunsncnkdaandetadensacuaexavunndvios 17 7 4 Selection of Monitoring EQuipment cccccccceceseceeeseeeeeeeeseaeeeeessseeeeessneanees 17 T2 PE CSO AON issenensis eeann eae aTe e a erae aei a AEAEE Eia 18 7 3 Principles of OPCrallON csiccersstectann tints Naiiicrtataciiredauadeiideen Gdineutiaaniocadoeadenes 19 74 Data handling logging and retrieval c ce cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 DOr MINIS ee e A a E E E E E 26 8 Monitoring Station Infrastructure sssassusssnussnuunnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 27 8 1 Equipment Housing sisscscicsssgednigsaesicascesinaaesae sarnenantgansdsanissedsiaaadenseibbnibasmaeiiaaanieas 27 8 2 Cylinder Storage fa cas secede ace sok neee tbat lyons ue sat Biaesceage takteelanaceablen tance tanee 28 8 3 Supply and Replacement of on site gas cylinders ccceeeceeeeeenteeeeeesteeeeees 29 8 4 Sampling System a ee er ee ee es 30 8 5 Sample Inlet for Particulate AnalySet cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 31 8 6 Telephone LiNeSarense a E 31 8 7 MOOI sce cecesssccecessesceceecseaaececseaeeeceensnaecesaesaaeeecseaesecesseaaeeesasaeeeeesssenaeessssaaes 31 8 8 Auto Calibration Facilities cccccccsssscecessseneceessseeeesssseeeeessseaeeeeessseeeessseneees 32 9 Princi
18. ch guidance laqm tg 09 pdf Site selection is covered in Annex 1 of the Technical Guidance The siting criteria set out in the Technical Guidance are based upon the requirements of LAQM and differ from those of the Air Quality Directive In general they are less prescriptive than those of the Directive For example it is perfectly acceptable to place monitoring sites within 25m of road junctions if there is relevant exposure However it should be noted that a monitoring site that does not meet the Directive siting criteria would not be eligible for incorporation into the AURN at a later date Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 15 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 6 2 1 Site Selection Practical Considerations In addition to the above there are a number of practical considerations to be taken into account It should be practical for power and telephone connections to be made at the site The site should be accessible for a lorry to deliver the housing if necessary It should be reasonably easy for gas cylinders to be delivered close to the site and transferred to the housing or the building in which the site is located The LSO should be able to gain access to the site whenever necessary The site should be in an area where the risks of vandalism are minimal Account should be taken of visual impact of the housing Ref Ricardo AEA VR ED57729 Issue 1 16 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Mon
19. equipment e a calibrated ozone photometer able to perform a six point test of an ozone analyser in the range 0 to 250 ppb a gas blender dilution system able to perform a NOx converter test at NO2 concentrations of 300 and 500 ppb as well as undertake a six point linearity test across the operating ranges of the NOx CO and SO analysers These analyser tests must be undertaken every six months at the scheduled service exercise Further guidance on the scope of work to be undertaken can be obtained by reference to Part A of this document the Site Operator s Manual provided by the Network QA QC unit available on the SAQD website Where a sample manifold is fitted it must to be completely dismantled and cleaned every six months The manifold blower must also be dismantled cleaned and lubricated All PTFE lines which are exposed to ambient air up to the first Sample Inlet Filter are to be replaced every six months The ESU will also be required to service and maintain the Zero Air Generator ZAG pumps If requested by QA QC or the site owner the ESU will also be required to change the PTFE lines between the ZAG and the instruments and between the calibration gas cylinders and the instruments At the time of the first site service and thereafter on an annual basis PAT testing of all analysers and associated peripherals must be conducted and a suitable certificate issued and provided to the site owner Testing and certification of th
20. from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 11 5 The lt SPAN gt light should now be off If not allow 2 3 minutes for it to turn off automatically If using the lt SERVICE gt button Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light switches off Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 52 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 18 All three red lights should be turned off 19 Switch the analyser back in service by pressing Exit The sample light will begin to flash until the end of the current 15 minute mean 11 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the front of the instrument rack will be changed on a monthly basis at background sites and fortnightly at roadside sites In the event of a filter appearing badly soiled the site operator shall inform the QAQC Most API analysers have the filter mounted inside the front panel which hinges down to allow access Some API equipped sites have the sample filter holder mounted on the front panel Detailed instructions for sample inlet filter changing panel mounted holder Unscrew 2 brass nuts on filter holder Lift top cover of filter holder off bottom section Remove O ring and used filter Inspect
21. safety and security inspection As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is the same for all analyser types except the particulate analyser Routine calibrations consist of a simple two point calibration More detailed instrument tests are undertaken by QA QC Unit personnel in combination with the 6 monthly instrument inter calibration and servicing exercises Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as it is found In this way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action Occasionally the QA QC may advise the LSO to carry out an instrument adjustment to optimise analyser sensitivity It is not likely that this will need to be done frequently If such adjustments are necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period of typ
22. set of readings 7 Remove the zero air from the inlet line 8 Connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the nitric oxide NO in nitrogen calibration gas cylinder 9 Open the NO in nitrogen cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from the tag on the cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately 10 Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve adjusting the flow through the excess flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute 11 Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obtained 12 In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and
23. 13 4 4 SO2 Analyser A two point calibration of the SO analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet 2 Switch the SO SERVICE control to OUT This allows calibration data to be flagged The SERVICE switch is mounted on the secondary panel behind the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 70 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 instrument front panel To access this panel grasp the front top corners of the front panel and pull forward The panel will pop loose and pivot forward Locate the inlet line to the SO analyser and disconnect it from the manifold Connect the zero air to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air from the zero air cylinder Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each reading Remove the zero air from the inlet line Connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the sulphur dioxide SO3 in air calibration gas cylinder Open the SO in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure f
24. 14 Exhaust OONOOR WP Figure 7 3 Schematic Diagram of Sulphur Dioxide Analyser 7 3 4 IR Absorption Carbon Monoxide Analyser Carbon monoxide CO absorbs infrared IR radiation in the 4 5 to 4 9 micrometres wavelength range um 10 m The concentration of CO in a sample of air is measured by absorption A reference detection system is used to alternately measure absorption due to CO in the ambient air stream and absorption by interfering species An infrared detector and amplification system produce output voltages proportional to the CO concentration The concentration is derived from the Beer Lambert relation described in Section 7 3 1 above for ozone The analysers used in the AURN and throughout Scotland are usually gas filter correlation infrared absorption analysers They use a filter wheel to allow alternate measurement of total IR absorption and that due to interfering species in the absorption band selected see Figure 7 4 Alternatively some CO analysers use the similar Non Dispersive Infra Red NDIR system Here differences in IR absorption between ambient air and reference gas Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 22 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual air with all CO removed cause a metallic membrane in the detector to move back and forth in accordance with the alternating gas flow and CO concentration Ambient air is sampled using a pump unit The analysers continually displa
25. 2 NOx Analyser The two point calibration of the Nitrogen Oxides analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet 2 Press the out of service switch so that the calibration data is flagged 3 If necessary locate the inlet line to the NOx analyser and disconnect it from the manifold 4 This step is different depending on whether the zero air at the site is provided by a scrubber or from a zero air cylinder At scrubber equipped sites connect the zero air canister to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air through the zero air canister The zero air scrubber to be used is the one containing the pink Purafil and the black charcoal The Purafil end should be open to the environment the charcoal end connected to the instrument At cylinder equipped sites set the calibration valve to Zero and turn on the zero air gas cylinder Ensure there is sufficient gas flow to the analyser where possible 5 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes 6 Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each set of readings 7 Remove the zero air canister from the inlet line or turn off the zero air cylinder 8 If necessary connec
26. 293 Kelvin and pressure of 101 3 kPa These requirements are therefore used within the AURN and at all other sites in Scotland Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 26 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 8 Monitoring Station Infrastructure 8 1 Equipment Housing Some monitoring stations are installed in stand alone self contained cabinets with an in built air conditioning unit whilst others are sited in pre existing buildings 8 1 1 Sites installed in pre existing buildings Where the monitoring equipment is installed inside a pre existing building the LSO will need to make arrangements with relevant persons or organisations in order to ensure access to the site is available whenever necessary 8 1 2 Self contained Monitoring Sites Where a number of air quality monitoring analysers are to be housed in stand alone self contained cabinets the housing should be of adequate size typically 3 0 m x 2 0 m x 2 5 m high to accommodate the instrumentation Each housing is typically supplied with Internal electrical wiring and fittings Air conditioning Shelving racking Sample intake manifold Gas cylinder store At least one telephone line for connection to modem and telephone handset some sites Many FDMS units are on mobile communications devices e A fire extinguisher which must be suitable for use on electrical equipment and must be properly maintained The cabinet must be suffi
27. Analog Input 6 From here take down all appropriate parameters stated in the pre calibration sheet found within Analog Output 1 2 and Analog Output 2 2 Select Close until you return to the front screen 17 3 5 Air Sampling Manifold where fitted Record the following checks on the precalibration checklist 1 Check that the sample manifold is intact and shows no sign of possible leakage 2 Check that the blower motor is operating by listening and feeling for vibration on the motor housing If the manifold is HORIBA supplied the LED on the blower casing should be lit 3 Check that the instrument sample inlet tubes are connected to the manifold and the sample inlet port at the back of the rack and that these connections are secure 17 3 6 Modem where visible fitted Check that the modem is powered and record on the precalibration checklist 17 3 7 Data Logger where fitted Air monitoring stations differ in that some record data from analysers using a discrete data logger often recording analyser analogue output voltages whereas other stations record data on the analysers internal logging system Exact procedures are dependent on the type of logger present contact your QA QC for specific instructions Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 110 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 17 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure Results of the calibration will be taken from both
28. Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Page 2 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 2 Date 16 3 2009 Supersedes 15 4 2008 lt 200 ppm carbon monoxide in air 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES continued Clean up methods Ventilate area 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE Storage Keep container below 50 C in a well ventilated place Handling Open valve slowly to avoid pressure shock Suck back of water into the container must be prevented Do not allow backfeed into the container Use only properly specified equipment which is suitable for this product its supply pressure and temperature Contact your gas supplier if in doubt Refer to supplier s container handling instructions 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION Personal protection Ensure adequate ventilation Occupational Exposure Limits Carbon monoxide TLV TWA ppm 25 Carbon monoxide OEL UK LTEL ppm 30 Carbon monoxide OEL UK STEL ppm 200 Carbon monoxide VME France ppm 50 Carbon monoxide MAK Germany ppm 30 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state at 20 C Compressed gas Colour Colourless Odour Odourless Relative density gas air 1 Lighter or similar to air Solubility in water mg l No reliable data available 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability and reactivity Stable under normal conditions 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Toxicity information No k
29. ED57729 Issue 1 131 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Figure 19 4 Transducer unit open position i Figure 19 5 Cartridge insertion and removal 19 2 9 Purge Filter Exchange Procedure Refer to the information diagrams in the margin and also Figure 19 1 Figure 19 5 Figure 19 6 and Figure 19 7 when following the instructions for changing the purge filter The 47mm purge filter situated in the 8500 module must be replaced every time a TEOM filter in the sensor unit is changed to ensure optimal performance of FDMS The filter is cooled to 4 C Only EMFAB Pallflex TX40 filters are to be used sample inlet filters from gaseous analysers are not suitable It is advisable to have a pre prepared purge filter and cartridge assembly ready to swap into the 8500 unit This will minimise the time that the cold surfaces are exposed to room air and reduces the possibility of water condensing in the tubing Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 132 RICARDO AEA cpr 5264 VAC eer BISA 130VA C Drier B Drier D 10 11 12 13 Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Check that the TEOM out of service switch is ON Press 14 and then Enter on the TEOM control unit keyboard This will bring up a special display showing the current operating mode of the FDMS The unit MUST be in BASE mode before proceeding if not either wait until it
30. LIQUIDE Date 22 6 2009 Supersedes 0 0 0 0 to 200 ppm nitric oxide in nitrogen 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE Storage Keep container below 50 C in a well ventilated place Handling Open valve slowly to avoid pressure shock Suck back of water into the container must be prevented Do not allow backfeed into the container Use only properly specified equipment which is suitable for this product its supply pressure and temperature Contact your gas supplier if in doubt Refer to supplier s container handling instructions 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION Personal protection Ensure adequate ventilation Occupational Exposure Limits Nitric oxide TLV TWA ppm 25 Nitric oxide LTEL UK ppm 25 Nitric oxide STEL UK ppm 35 Nitric oxide VME France ppm 25 Nitric oxide MAK Germany ppm 25 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state at 20 C Compressed gas Colour Colourless Odour Barely perceptible Relative density gas air 1 Lighter or similar to air Solubility in water mg l No reliable data available 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability and reactivity Stable under normal conditions 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Toxicity information No known toxicological effects from this product 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecological effects information No known ecological damage caused by this product Effect on ozone layer
31. Manual 22 Site Audits and Intercalibration Visits An important part of the QA QC programme for the Scottish network are the audits and intercalibration visits All sites will be visited for audit and intercalibration service as detailed below The QA QC unit is also responsible for the training of LSOs Site audit intercalibration schedules normally starting in the first week of December and June and lasting approximately 10 weeks During these periods QA QC staff will contact LSOs to arrange for entry to the monitoring stations and if necessaryfor the LSO to attend for audit purposes 22 1 Site Audits In order to ensure that proper procedures as detailed in this manual are being carried out the QA QC Unit will audit sites as part of the site intercalibrations During site audits which may or may not coincide with a normal weekly fortnightly calibration visit the site operator must be present if requested and be able to produce for the QA QC Unit all records relating to the site operation The site operator may be asked to demonstrate any routine site operational procedure and show that this can be competently carried out In addition short notice or unannounced audits may also be performed The QA QC Unit reserves the right to visit sites as often as is necessary to ensure that correct procedures are being followed 22 2 I Intercalibration Visits Every six months three months for ozone analysers the QA QC Unit will undertake detai
32. O can travel long distances accumulate and reach high concentrations often far away from the sources of the original pollutants For this reason levels of O in the air are often higher in rural areas For example it is often the case that when O levels are elevated in the South East of England much of the O has originated in continental Europe O concentrations are greatest in the summer usually on hot sunny windless days and lowest in the winter months Also NO reacts with O to form NO2 This means NO emissions have a scavenging effect reducing local concentrations of O3 This often means that levels of ozone are low at roadside locations where levels of other pollutants are highest O3 is an oxidising agent and acts as an irritant to the respiratory tract It is also harmful to vegetation Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 7 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 Roles and Responsibilities 3 1 Overview of operational structure Scotland s air quality monitoring is not undertaken by a single organisation but by a number of organisations working together The customer is the Scottish Government Ricardo AEA are contracted by the Scottish Government to undertake quality assurance quality control and data processing activities Day to day operation of each monitoring site is the responsibility of a Local Site Operator or LSO These are often Local Authority staff members Mai
33. RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual gt Y w E N Figure 20 3 Filter tape from a BAM 1020 with a clean nozzle and vane left and from a poorly maintained unit right where debris accumulation under the nozzle has punched a hole in the tape and caused the nozzle to leak creating the halo effect Photo courtesy of Met One 20 9 1 Nozzle and Vane Cleaning Procedure The following steps are needed to clean the nozzle and vane Refer to the photos in Figure 20 4 1 Raise the nozzle in the TEST gt PUMP menu Remove the filter tape if installed from the nozzle area It is not necessary to completely remove the tape from the spools 2 With the nozzle up use a small flashlight to inspect the cross hair vane 3 Clean the vane with a cotton tipped applicator and isopropyl alcohol Hardened deposits may have to be carefully scraped off with the wooden end of the applicator or a dental pick or similar tool 4 Lower the nozzle in the TEST gt PUMP menu Lift the nozzle with your finger and insert another cotton swab with alcohol between the nozzle and the vane Let the nozzle press down onto the swab with its spring pressure Figure 20 4 left panel 5 Use your fingers to rotate the nozzle while keeping the swab in place A few rotations should clean the nozzle lip 6 Repeat the nozzle cleaning until the swabs come out clean 7 Inspect the nozzle lip and vane for any burrs which may cause lea
34. RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 14 Monitor Labs 98 Series Equipment With Envidas Data Logger Site Operational Procedures 14 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs are done during these site visits Pre calibration checks Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable Calibration of analysers Post calibration checks safety and security inspection PONS As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is the same for all analyser types except the particulate analyser Routine calibrations consist of a simple two point calibration More detailed instrument tests are undertaken by QA QC Unit personnel in combination with the 6 monthly instrument inter calibration and servicing exercises Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as it is found In thi
35. Remove the rain jar and clean For units with a cork sealing ring inside the cap of the jar put a thin coating of silicon grease on the gasket and install the jar If the sealing gasket is neoprene no silicon grease is required Reconnect rain jar assembly to lower collector assembly Ensure rain jar is sitting vertically Inspect the two inlet tube o rings for wear and replace if necessary Wipe off any grease present and apply a thin coating of fresh silicon grease to the o rings Clean the internal threads of the assembly with Decon 90 on a lint free tissue 18 4 5 Replacing the Head 1 2 Screw the Acceleration and Collector assemblies together until the threads are hand tight DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN Place the complete assembly back onto the TEOM inlet tube Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 119 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Acceleration Assembly ZA IIA CLLiLLLL 4 T E IIIZ ZZ Am Collector Assembly JIII 7 a LLZLZLZ2 Liz YY Yl iq LLL ff LU My Z Figure 18 2 TEOM PM Sampling Inlet Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 120 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 18 4 6 Filter Cartridge Exchange Procedure 1 AON 10 11 12 13 14 Refer to Figure 18 3 when following the instructions for filter exchange It is recommended that the TEOM filter cartridge box is
36. The Mode field will show EXT the correct time and date should be displayed on the top line of the display Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the pre calibration checklist 2 If the ALARM indicator is present on the display it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred The ALARM codes that have occurred can be viewed by pressing the function key under the ALARM indicator If the ALARM indicator is present view the individual ALARM codes and note them Not all ALARM codes indicate system malfunction several LINE AIC and MAINT indicate operational status and require no action Record the various codes on the precalibration checklist Afterwards press EXIT to return to the concentration overview screen 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest Press the MENU function key to access the MAIN menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the MAINTENANCE menu press EXEC to enter this menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the ANALOGUE INPUT menu press EXEC to enter this menu Record the cell pressure and sample flow on the precalibration checklist Return to the concentration overview screen by pressing the EXIT key to quit the various menus 16 3 2 NOx Analyser The APNA 360 NOx analyser has a multi line alphanumeric display that via a system of menu
37. This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments POND Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 106 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 17 Horiba Equipment 370 Series Site Operational Procedures 17 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs are done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is the same for all analyser types except the particulate analyser Routine calibrations consist of a simple two point calibration More detailed instr
38. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the OUT OF SERVICE MENU option and then press the ENTER button Press ENTER to highlight the INSVC OUTSVC option and use the arrow key to change the option to INSVC Press ENTER again and the HOME button to return to the primary screen OUT OF SERVICE should disappear from the status line Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 92 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 15 4 4 Ozone Analyser There is no longer a requirement for the LSO to perform the two point calibration of the ozone analyser during each site visit The analyser performs an internal zero span daily and this is adequate for data ratification purposes Calibrations for scaling ratified data are carried out every three months by the QA QC Unit using a photometer 15 4 5 Where a web logger is installed A two point calibration of the ML analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet 2 Turn the analyser OUT OF SERVICE select lt MAIN MENU gt lt OUT OF SERVICE MENU gt change analyser to OUT SVC 3 Locate the Web logger and hold the lt Zero gt button until the red light illuminates Note only one button can be switched on at any one time 4 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The button will automaticall
39. a multi line alphanumeric display that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Pressing any key on the analyser front panel will turn the screen on again A blinking cursor on the display disappears after 10 minutes of inactivity to redisplay the cursor press the up or down arrows 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient O3 concentration the Mode field will show EXT the correct time and date should be displayed on the top line of the display Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 If the ALARM indicator is present on the display then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred The ALARM codes that have occurred can be viewed by pressing the function key under the ALARM indicator If the ALARM indicator is present view the individual ALARM codes and note them Not all ALARM codes indicate system malfunction several LINE AIC and MAINT indicate operational status and require no action Record the various codes on the precalibration checklist Afterwards press EXIT to return to the concentration overview screen 3 The
40. activate it Use the white cursor keys on the instrument front panel to position the flashing cursor over the MODE field on the instrument display Use the green INC increment and DEC decrement buttons up and down arrows to toggle the MODE field from EXT to LOCAL Press the Function key under the MENU command on the instrument display this displays the instruments MAIN menu Ensure that CALIBRATION is highlighted use the DEC and INC buttons to toggle through the menu options if it isn t Press the function button under the EXEC command on the instrument display this EXECutes the highlighted menu option in this case taking us to the CALibration menu Ensure the cursor is highlighting the LINE field Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from MEASure measuring ambient to ZERO This places the analyser into a zero calibration causing the analyser to sample from the site Zero air scrubber Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes The reading on the front panel of the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not use the cylinder
41. agree with a reference photometer 12 hour span drift The analysers are left overnight to sample span gas from the test autocalibration system in order to determine any response drift It may be necessary to ensure that the chart recorder is on an appropriate range to record the traces In the case of the CO analyser and analyser systems which use gas cylinders for the autocalibration system to conserve autocalibration gas the instrument can be left sampling periodically between autocalibration span and zero e g once per hour Linearity test A multi point calibration of the analyser is carried out using five sample gas concentrations evenly distributed across the analysers normal running range and a zero point The span gas is generated using a high concentration gas species diluted with zero air The analyser response is then plotted against the concentration of the span gas generated to give a measure of linearity NOx converter This test only needs to be carried out if the converter has been efficiency replaced adjusted or repaired during service Noise levels The zero and span response noise are examined during tests or calibrations to ensure that they are within the manufacturer s specifications The response noise can be easily quantified from the chart and logger outputs Response time The response time for the analyser to reach 90 of its final value is examined during calibration This can be readily quantified from the ch
42. all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Procedures associated with particle analysers PM 5 or PM are covered in a separate section Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation by the QA QC and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit Operators must retain copies of instrument manuals at each site and are required to familiarise themselves with normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is common to all analyser types with the exception of the particulate analyser As described in Section 9 of the main document routine calibrations take the form of a simple two point calibration More detailed instrument tests are undertaken by the QA QC Unit in combination with the 6 monthly instrument intercalibration and servicing exercises Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as found In this way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action Acting only on advice from the QA QC instrume
43. analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest Press the MENU function key to access the MAIN menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the MAINTENANCE menu press EXEC to enter this menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the ANALOGUE INPUT menu press EXEC to enter this menu Record the detector pressure and sample flow on the precalibration checklist Return to the concentration overview screen by pressing the EXIT key to quit the various menus 16 3 5 Air Sampling Manifold where fitted Record the following checks on the pre calibration checklist 1 Check that the sample manifold is intact and shows no sign of possible leakage 2 Check that the blower motor is operating by listening and feeling for vibration on the motor housing If the manifold is HORIBA supplied the LED on the blower casing should be lit 3 Check that the instrument sample inlet tubes are connected to the manifold and the sample inlet port at the back of the rack and that these connections are secure 16 3 6 Modem where visible fitted Check that the modem is powered and record on the pre calibration checklist 16 3 7 Data Logger where fitted Air monitoring stations differ in that some record data from analysers using a discrete data logger often recording analyser analogue output voltages whereas other stations record data o
44. and leak tight In the case of a passive manifold sampling system i e tubing from an inverted funnel check that the tubing from the funnel is connected to the sample inlet port at the back of the instruments and that these connections are secure and leak tight Check that the end of the sample tubing is just inside the lip of the funnel Check the sample lines for visible obstructions and kinks and that the funnel is orientated so as to prevent rainwater entering the tubing 13 3 6 Modem where fitted Check that the lights on the modem are lit the 25 way connector is secure and the phone line is plugged into the BT socket Record on the precalibration checklist 13 3 7 Data Logger where fitted Perform the following logger checks and record the results on the precalibration check list The logger clock is displayed on the screen This clock is automatically updated to agree with the network central computer clock each time data is collected from the site by telemetry Check that the date and time displayed are correct to within 5 minutes of the current time GMT Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time Note that the network operates on GMT throughout the year and the clocks are not adjusted for BST 13 3 8 Completion of Pre calibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform QA QC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed with the calibration
45. appears to be over before returning to the site to carry out the calibration that was delayed Table 9 1 Trigger concentrations indicating a Pollution Episode may be in Progress Pollutant Trigger Level exceeded for 1 hour Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 39 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 Health and Safety A separate document UK Air Quality Monitoring Networks Health and Safety Guidance has been produced to provide consistent guidance for Defra contractors regarding health and safety H amp S at air quality monitoring sites in the UK the AURN and other networks This forms the definitive guidance on health and safety and is available at http aurnhub defra gov uk hnsdb files UK 20Air 20Quality 20M onitoring 20Netwo rks 20Guidance 20Issue 206 20060612 pdf Local Site Operators are referred to this document This section has been included in the LSO manual to offer guidance on health and safety aspects of the duties of an LSO However it is included for guidance only it is the responsibility of the LSO to put in place procedures for safe working and to ensure that these are followed National safety regulations apply in particular the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 and the Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974 The latter applies to all persons connected with work done by the network whatever their organisation The Act req
46. are obtained for data scaling purposes Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Table G 1 Pre service Procedures Procedure Pre service analyser The analysers are calibrated in full accordance with the site calibration operators manual using the on site gas calibration standards The results are recorded on the routine calibration sheets and should be clearly marked as PRE SERVICE results Ozone photometer The ozone analyser is calibrated against a reference calibration photometer A two point calibration at O and 200 ppb is used to determine whether the agreement is to within 5 If the result is outside 5 then a full multi point calibration 5 points and a zero must be performed in order to provide a more accurate determination of the response deviation for data scaling purposes NOx converter efficiency This test is undertaken to determine whether the converter needs replacing prior to service Any reduction in converter efficiency will result in an under estimation of measured NO32 concentration If the converter efficiency is found to be below 95 then the converter should be replaced Converter efficiency is tested as follows A high concentration of NO is diluted by zero air in a mixing vessel toa level near the upper range limit of the analyser The response from the NO and NOx channels are recorded The ozone generator is activated to oxidise a propo
47. automatically If using the lt SERVICE gt button Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light switches off All three red lights should be turned off Switch the SERVICE control to IN when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration 13 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the rear of the instruments must be changed on a fortnightly basis at all sites If a filter appears unusually dirty inform the QA QC Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 72 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Detailed instructions for sample inlet filter changing TAN oND Unscrew the fasteners on filter holder Lift top cover of filter holder off bottom section Remove O ring if fitted and used filter Inspect filter for signs of excessive soiling and inspect O ring if fitted Inspect the perimeter of the filter holder for signs of wear and the effectiveness of the filter holder clip Adjust the tension of the sprung retaining wire if necessary Take clean filter from box using the tweezers supplied and insert into base of filter holder Replace O ring in filter holder if fitted Replace top of filter holder and secure Check that Teflon lines to filter holder are well secured 13 6 Changing the daily CO cylinder Where fitted The CO analyser uses a second cylinder to perform daily checks on the performance of
48. be displayed on the top line of the display Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 If the ALARM indicator is present on the display then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred The ALARM codes that have occurred can be viewed by pressing the function key under the ALARM indicator If the ALARM indicator is present view the individual ALARM codes and note them Not all ALARM codes indicate system malfunction several LINE AIC and MAINT indicate operational status and require no action Record the various codes on the precalibration checklist Afterwards press EXIT to return to the concentration overview screen 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest Press the MENU function key to access the MAIN menu 4 Using the up and down arrows highlight the MAINTENANCE menu press EXEC to enter this menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the ANALOGUE INPUT menu press EXEC to enter this menu Record the detector pressure and sample flow on the precalibration checklist Return to the concentration overview screen by pressing the EXIT key to quit the various menus Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 98 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 16 3 4 Ozone Analyser The APOA 360 O analyser has
49. calibration checklist 1 Check that the sample manifold is intact and shows no sign of possible leakage 2 Check that the blower motor is operating by listening and feeling for vibration on the motor housing 3 Check that the instrument sample inlet tubes are connected to the manifold and the sample inlet port at the back of the instruments and that these connections are secure and leak tight In the case of a passive manifold sampling system i e tubing from an inverted funnel check that the tubing from the funnel is connected to the sample inlet port at the back of the instruments and that these connections are secure and leak tight Check that the end of the sample tubing is just inside the lip of the funnel Check the sample lines for visible obstructions and kinks and that the funnel is orientated so as to prevent rainwater entering the tubing 14 3 6 Modem where fitted Check that the lights on the modem are lit the 25 way connector is secure and the phone line is plugged into the BT relevant socket Record the pre calibration checklist 14 3 7 Data Logger The ENVIDAS logger is a fully integrated data logger and system controller There are few controls or indicators for the operator to interface with therefore the operator is only required to observe and record the status of each pollutant channel 1 Open the door on the front of the ENVIDAS logger module 2 Observe and record on the pre calibration checks form the st
50. changes from REF mode to BASE mode up to 6 minutes or press F8 on the keypad to force the valve to change operating position Switch the power to the FDMS module OFF to lock the system in BASE mode The power can be switched off on the rear panel using the switch above the power cord Open small door located on the FDMS module 1 generation modules only Disconnect the quick connect fitting from the filter holder on the left side of the compartment Unscrew the filter holder from the chiller and locate the blue filter cassette with 47mm filter Remove the blue filter cartridge and replace with a new pre prepared one Make sure to install the 47mm filter into the cassette so that the woven side of the filter paper is face down on the foil Place the cartridge into the holder with the foil back against the inner chamber and the filter facing upwards Check with Management Unit whether 47mm filter is to be sent off for analysis If so place in refrigerated storage otherwise discard Using a tissue carefully wipe away any moisture that might be present in and around the filter chamber making sure no loose fibres or tissue are left behind Check the condition of the V seal and if damaged either replace it or report it to QA QC Install filter holder back into chiller and connect the quick connect st fitting onto the filter holder 1 generation modules only Shut door Switch the power to the FDMS module ON Check that this
51. concentration Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 56 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 1 Check the display and record the current NO NO and NOx concentrations in the precalibration checklist and check the analyser is in service mode see Section 12 2 Preparation 2 Record any alarms unusual display status Press Alarms and note any displayed 3 Access the analysers alarm status from the primary screen by using the Alarm and arrow keys Note any alarms displayed To return to the primary screen press gt 4 Access the instrument operating parameters by pressing the DIAGS key scroll down using the arrow and enter keys to access and record all of the required temperature pressure and flow parameters in the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press gt 12 3 3 SO2 Analyser The Thermo Electron model 431 SO analyser has a LCD display which in normal operation shows the current SO concentration 1 Check the display and record the current SO concentration on the precalibration checklist and check the analyser is in service mode mode see Section 12 2 Preparation 2 Record any alarms unusual display status 3 Access the analysers alarm status from the primary screen by using the Alarm and arrow keys Note any alarms displayed To return to the primary screen press gt 4 Access the instrument operating parameters b
52. daily and this is adequate for data ratification purposes Calibrations for scaling ratified data are carried out every three months by the QA QC Unit using a photometer 11 4 6 Where a web logger is installed 1 2 N DOAR 2 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 The two point calibration of the API analyser with a web logger is carried out as follows Record the instrument number and instrument running range on the calibration record sheet Switch Analyser out of service by pressing the Cal button on the front panel once only This allows calibration data to be flagged Do not press Cal Z or Cal S e Cal light should now turn on and Sample light switch off Locate the Web logger and hold the lt Zero gt button until the red light illuminates Note only one button can be switched on at any one time Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or Instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The Stab value should be less than 1ppb Repeat process if readings did not stabilise Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light illuminates if an auto calibration cylinder is being used to calibrate the analyser If a cylinder is being manually connected to be used for the c
53. filter for signs of excessive soiling and inspect O ring Take clean filter from box using the tweezers supplied and insert into base of filter holder Replace O ring in filter holder Replace top of filter holder and secure with brass nuts The brass nuts should be hand tightened IRON NO 11 6 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network reports time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive noise or cyclic response changes etc Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert network managers as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at weekly intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air In addition seemingly unimportant occurrences
54. from the analyser through the roof to a weatherproof inlet funnel This arrangement has been put in place to minimise sample loss to dirty manifolds and to make maintenance cleaning and replacement much easier Sites in the AURN have been upgraded usually by extending tubes through the existing manifold system and sealing the ends to prevent room air contaminating the sample inlet LSOs should check occasionally to make sure that there is no possibility for room air to contaminate the inlet 8 5 Sample Inlet for Particulate Analyser A separate sample port approx 4 cm in diameter in the roof of the housing is used to feed a sampling tube from the internal TEOM FDMS BAM sensor unit to the PM inlet mounted externally on the roof Because of the TEOM FDMS measurement method it is important for the sensor unit to be mounted on a sturdy platform which is independent from other activities free from external vibration and where practicable isolated from mechanical noise Gravimetric samplers Partisol 2025 are self contained units located externally of the monitoring enclosure 8 6 Telephone Lines There will be at least one telephone line to each site but these may be fixed landline or mobile GPRS devices Some sites may have a mixture of both At some sites an additional phone line may be installed for the gravimetric PM Partisol sampler 8 7 Modems The site modem is used for data communication between the remote central station and
55. if instructed to do so by the Management Unit 10 Enter any comments you have in the boxes provided at the bottom of the Cal page 11 Select the Post Cal page and fill in the appropriate diagnostics Ref Ricardo AEAW R ED57729 Issue 1 150 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 Select the Final Page Complete all the questions enter the end time and fill in any final comments 13 The Save File button will automatically save the spreadsheet with a unique file name Site Name dd mm yy xls The file will be saved in the default folder for Excel file saves To change this folder in Excel 2007 on go to Office Button Excel Options Save and change the default file location For earlier versions of Excel go to Tools Options General and change the default file location 14 Press the Save File button and close Excel Email the file to the contacts on the Intro page Remember to reset all status flags and turn all cylinders off as normal Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at aqadmin ricardo aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 151 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators
56. instructions FDMS filter not changed or changed give within LSO manual incorrectly Change both TEOM and FDMS filters following instructions give within LSO manual Check TEOM filter is the correct type using documentation provided Negative ambient response Change in site temperature CO and SO Check site temperature and air conditioning analysers may be sensitive to an increase or decrease in rack or cabin temperature For FDMS negative response could be a Re seat filter on tapered element and Change result of poor filter change FDMS filter at same time following instructions give within LSO manual Intermittent response problem Component malfunction Check analyser diagnostics e g faulty lamp chopper motor or gas filter correlation wheel Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 160 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 24 5 Site Gas Cylinders L sors TE Check Action Site cylinder running out of gas quickly Cylinder left on Check cylinder is turned off before leaving site not just the regulator valves Regulator not connected properly Ensure regulator is properly connected to the site cylinder Ensure connections to sample line are secure Check sealing washer is connect to regulator and has not perished Faulty regulator Leave regulator pressurised Oxidation of NO cylinders Contamination manufacturing defect or poor When installing the cylinder check that the cal installation of cylind
57. is not likely that this will need to be done frequently If such adjustments are necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period of typically 15 minutes so allowing the production of provisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours Ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after a further 24 hours The QA QC will advise on this The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits The sequence in which zero and span calibrations are performed is not critical However apart from this it is essential that the procedures are followed exactly as written for both routine and non routine site visits 16 2 Preparation 1 On arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section 9 5 of the main document O gt 70 ppb NO gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm If an episode is occurring phone the QA QC before proceeding further Usually the QA QC will advise delaying the calibration until the episode is over Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 96 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 Take a new set of check and calibration spreadsheets and enter Site Date and
58. marked POWER and STATUS are also visible on the front panel Record the following checks on the pre calibration checklist 1 In normal operation the POWER switch will be on and the STATUS light off Check these and record on the precalibration checklist 2 Check that the power supply to the FDMS unit 8500 module is intact by confirming st that the cooler is working properly by placing a hand close to the fan on the side 1 generation FDMS or rear 2 generation FDMS of the module A steady air stream should be felt 3 Open the front door of the FDMS module and check that the filter holder and sample st tube are connected securely 1 generation only access to the connections is not possible on the 2 generation modules 4 Record current status code current operating mode percentage of filter lifetime used current RS 232 mode and current time from the top line 5 Record the first three information lines in the appropriate space on the precalibration checklist 6 Press to scroll through all information lines and record the information 7 Press to return to the top of the information lines 8 Record the pump vacuum measurement This must be between 20 and 30 in Hg CMCU must be informed if the result is outside these limits Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 128 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 19 2 2 TEOM FDMS Routine Maintenance Two filters need t
59. menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 13 3 4 Ozone Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9850 O analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current O concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displ
60. mixtures Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 36 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual The cylinders are calibrated prior to being installed on site at the gas standards supplier s gas calibration laboratory To ensure traceability of measurements all calibration gas standards are required to be calibrated by an organisation accredited to the requirements of 15017025 by the United Kingdom Accreditation Service UKAS Each cylinder is supplied with its own regulator This minimises the possibility of ambient air or other calibration gases getting into the cylinder and contaminating the standard gas mixture inside Therefore regulators must not be removed from the cylinder under normal operating circumstances Instructions on how to open and close cylinder regulator supplies must be followed strictly see the calibration instructions in the appropriate section of Part B for the instruments at the site Cylinders of compressed gas can be hazardous They must be securely strapped to suitable supports to prevent the risk of them falling this is especially important as regulators are to be left connected For all analysers the span checks test the instrument s response to a concentration at the upper end of its operating range This avoids introducing errors into the data scaling factors as aresult of inconsistencies in analyser range ratios As there is at present no reliable and proven system for pe
61. must be supported securely during storage and use at all times They should be strapped to a suitable support and never left unsupported This is especially important because the regulators are left in place The cylinder storage area should be correctly labelled with the appropriate warning labels The provision of safe cylinder storage facilities at AURN sites is the responsibility of the CMCU or Management Unit At other sites it is the responsibility of the site owner Safety data sheets for the supplied gases are given in Appendix B 10 4 2 Safety when Changing Cylinders When an empty cylinder is replaced the LSO will need to remove the gas regulator and replace it on the new cylinder Although this is a simple procedure compressed gas can be dangerous so Ricardo AEA will provide training to ensure it is carried out safely Always wear safety glasses when changing cylinders and regulators As well as the potential hazards associated with compressed gas the cylinders are heavy Take great care when handling cylinders which should not be lifted 10 5 Work at Height PM analysers have an inlet head that requires periodic cleaning The LSO will need to use steps or a ladder to remove the inlet head for cleaning and to replace it afterwards Such work is covered by the Work at Height Regulations 2005 Local Site Operators are referred to the Health and Safety Executive s guidance on safe use of ladders which can be found at http
62. non routine site visits will be necessary in the event of instrument or system malfunction Local site operators have been trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation by the QA QC unit Operators must retain copies of instrument manuals at each site and are required to familiarise themselves with normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation If your site also contains analysers for gaseous pollutants in addition to the FDMS you will also need to refer to the operational procedures for the relevant type of analysers 19 2 Operational procedures View the TEOM FDMS LSO Calibration Procedures Video on YouTube The FDMS unit provides particulate matter PM measurement that closely correlates with gravimetric PM mass concentration as measured with the EU Reference Sampler The FDMS system accounts for volatile PM that may not be detected by earlier TEOM models The device provides high resolution PM mass concentration readings for both short term averages one hour as well as 24 hour averages The system s basic output consists of a 1 hour average mass concentration in ugm of PM updated every six minutes The FDMS unit automatically measures mass concentrations ugm that include both non volatile and volatile PM components Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 125 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual The FDMS instrument calculates PM mass concentration
63. operators to clean the SCC used on FDMS units measuring PM Holding the SCC unit upright in the position which it has been removed from its plug in position pull the 180 size separation unit from the side of the main accelerator chamber The separation unit can be cleaned simply by blowing into the orifice at the top of the unit Unscrew the knurled plug on the side of the SCC and clean the walls of the main accelerator chamber with a lint free cloth soaked in Decon 90 Wipe clean with a dry lint free tissue Once cleaned refit the knurled plug push the separation unit back into position on the accelerator chamber and re locate the SCC unit into its plug in position Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 134 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Figure 19 8 Sharp Cut Cyclone PM shown in stand alone profile and in conjunction with a PM sampling head Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 135 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 20 Beta Attenuation Monitor Model 1020 Site Operational Procedures 20 1 Introduction This document describes LSO procedures for the Beta Attenuation Monitor model 1020 BAM which may be included in a site equipped with any make of gaseous analysers The regular visits to each monitoring site carried out by the LSO are an important factor in ensuring high quality data is obtained from the Scottish Network These site visits
64. option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the pre calibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the pre calibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 78 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 14 3 5 Air Sampling Manifold where fitted Record the following checks on the pre
65. or DEC buttons up and down arrows to toggle the MODE field from LOCAL to EXT Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 103 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 21 Check that the analyser returns to normal ambient concentrations you can use the value you recorded during the analyser s precalibration checks as a rough indication of ambient values 22 By considering previous calibration results obtained from the calibration just performed satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 4ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 23 Change the SO sample inlet filter following the instructions given section 16 5 The analyser will now be back in service 16 4 4 Ozone Analyser 1 Record the instrument serial number and instrument running range on the calibration spread sheet 2 Change the O sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 16 5 3 The analyser will now be back in service 16 4 5 Where a web logger is installed The two point calibration of the API analyser with a web logger is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument number and instrument running range on the calibration record sheet
66. or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air Obviously the level to which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator but the operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the postcalibration check sheet must be completed as follows 1 All checks detailed in section 15 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the postcalibration check sheet as follows e CO Analyser e NOx Analyser e SOQ Analyser e Ozone Analyser e TEOMFDMS not required when filter not changed e Air Sampling Manifold not required if precalibration was OK e Modem e Data Logger 2 Compare the results of the post calibration checks to the precalibration values If any there are any large unexpected changes notify the QA QC 3 Complete the final check section of the postcalibration check sheet if no out of service switches are present telephone the QA QC to notify them that the calibration is complete so that they may restore data dissemination 4 Complete the calibration end time Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 94
67. or the CMCU collect the data from each site on an hourly basis 7 4 3 Adaptive Kalman Filters Many of the gaseous pollutant analysers use adaptive Kalman filters This technology is used to detect rapid changes in pollutant concentrations The analyser changes its averaging time constantly in order to match the changes in the profile of the ambient sample This could affect the response characteristics of the analyser if the changes in pollutant concentration are not stable It is important that the adaptive filtering is set in accordance with the setting used in the type approval tests carried out on the instrument and the corresponding time constant set to 30 seconds 7 5 Units Analysers for the gaseous pollutants NOx SO and O provide an output in units of parts per billion ppb by volume one part per billion is one part in 10 Carbon monoxide concentrations which are usually higher are output in units of ppm parts per million or one part per 10 Analysers for particulate matter provide an output in microgrammes per cubic metre ug m For the purpose of reporting the Air Quality Directive 2008 50 EC requires the ambient concentration of gaseous pollutants to be expressed in units of mass concentration i e microgrammes per cubic metre ug m or milligrammes per cubic metre mg m in the case of carbon monoxide The Directive also specifies that concentrations should be reported at a temperature of 20 Celsius
68. present telephone the QA QC to notify them that the calibration is complete so that they may restore data dissemination 3 Complete the calibration end time Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to a deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk 5 Check that the roof area and fittings are secure that there are no loose items left on the roof and stow any site ladder safely inside the monitoring station Do not go on the roof if there are no safety railings present check with QA QC if in doubt 6 Check that all cylinders except the CO auto cal cylinder are firmly closed and all cylinders are secure 7 Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 74 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 8 Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 75
69. reconfiguration of the analysers to agree with the standards Site calibration cylinders should not be used for long term response drift linearity tests or as a general source of test gas during servicing or repair without prior agreement of the gas standards supplier G 9 Photometer Calibration All photometers used within the AURN are required to be calibrated traceable to a Reference Photometer All ESU s must attend a calibration exercise arranged by QA QC Unit twice a year for this purpose Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA 2 Floor 18 Blythswood Square Glasgow G2 4BG Tel 01235 753663 www ricardo aea com
70. report them to the relevant QA QC and to the police if serious criminal damage has occurred If the sampling manifold is damaged it is important to note whether the damage occurs above or below the roof level A sketch to show exactly where breakages occur should be provided The QA QC will advise on temporary repairs where possible Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 156 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 24 2 Sampling Faults Symptom Possible Cause Check Action No response signal Power cut or mains disconnected Ensure cables are properly connected Air conditioning unit thermal cut out may have triggered the power to be switched off No sample flow Check flow meter reading low Check vacuum gauge reading low Check pump not working or disconnected Check filter holder not sealed Check sample flow reading Check analyser is in sample mode Component malfunction Check analyser diagnostics or e g ozonator fault fault warning messages lamp fault electronics problem defective photomultiplier tube Date and time is out of sync after Check date and time on front power outage panel Loss of Firmware Check front panel is showing usual data Blank screen may indicate loss of firmware Internal sampling Sample line disconnected Check that the sample line is Smoothed or dampened securely connected to the response no diurnal sample inlet port at the back of variation the analyser or rack
71. restarts the fan Confirming that the cooler is working properly The fan is located on the side a generation FDMS or rear o generation FDMS of the module A steady air stream should be felt Turn on the FDMS unit again Press lt F1 gt on the TEOM control unit and allow one hour for system to reset Switch the TEOM out of service switch to off After one hour check that TEOM mass concentration returns to ambient levels Scroll down to view the frequency value and examine how stable the response is If very high or negative concentrations are displayed or if the frequency value is not stable i e if it changes by more than 0 001Hz in a 2 minute period reseat the tapered element filter cartridge see section 19 2 8 and press lt F1 gt again Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 133 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual waiting for a further hour for the analyser to return to normal operation If the instrument still does not return to normal operation contact QA QC Figure 19 6 C type FDMS unit Figure 19 7 C type Purge filter 19 2 10 Cleaning the PM2 5 Sharp Cut Cyclone SCC where fitted PM analysers have an additional module placed in the sample stream to remove particulate matter larger than 2 5 microns This unit is called a sharp cut cyclone SCC shown in Figure 19 8 In addition to the routine cleaning of the PM sample inlet it will be necessary for local site
72. results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the SO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 14 5 of this section On the front of the ENVIDAS logger module press the relevant button to set the SO analyser to SAMPLE when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 81 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 14 4 5 Ozone Analyser The ozone analyser does not require calibration The procedure is as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet 2 Change the O analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 14 5 of this section 14 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the front of the instrument rack must be changed on a fortnightly basis at all sites If a filter appears unusually dirty inform the QA QC Detailed instructions for sample inlet filter changing 1 Unscrew the front of the filter holder 2 Lift the top cover of the filter holder off the bottom section 3 Inspect filter for signs of excessive soiling Inspect the perimeter of the filter holder for signs of wear and the effectiveness of the filter holder clip 4 Take clean filter from box using the tweezers supplied and insert into base of filter holder 5 Replace top of filter holder and secure 6
73. sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 15 5 of this section Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Switch the CO SERVICE control to IN SERVICE when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration To access the SERVICE menu press the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the OUT OF SERVICE MENU option and then press the ENTER button Press ENTER to highlight the INSVC OUTSVC option and use the arrow key to change the option to INSVC Press ENTER again and the HOME button to return to the primary screen OUT OF SERVICE should disappear from the status line 15 4 2 NOx Analyser The two point calibration of the oxides of nitrogen analyser will be undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration will be carried out as follows 1 2 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet Switch the NOx SERVICE control to OUT OF SERVICE This allows calibration data to be flagged To access the SERVICE menu press the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the OUT OF SERVICE MENU option and then press the ENTER button Press ENTER to highlight the INSVC OUTSVC option for switching the analyser out of service and use the arrow key to change
74. see Figure 24 1 and Leak in sample inlet filter holder Check seal on sample inlet filter Figure 24 2 Check sample inlet filter housing is finger tight Check all parts of the filter housing has been installed properly Leak from inside the analyser itself Check for sample flow and e g leaking permeation drier vacuum gauge for an indication hydrocarbon kicker reaction cell Check all plumbing lines are pneumatic lines IZS solenoid valve tight Low Sample flow Dirty overloaded Filter Check filter to see if it is overloading or dirty Change if required Sample flow should return to normal Blockage in sample line Disconnect sample line from inlet at back of analyser If flow returns to normal then there is a possible blockage in the sample line Contact QA QC Faulty pump Check to see if there are any holes or kinks in pump tubing Listen to here if there the pump is noisier than usual Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 157 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 24 3 Calibration Drift lexesy J 0 Mors TE Check Action Span response unstable or differs by more Calibration gas not left on than 10 from previous manual calibration long enough for response to stabilise warmed up after repair 2 3 hours Insufficient flow of Check excess flow and or cal system connections are tight torsion gas Cheokoveess fow andorceleyetemcomertons ret unstable or nearly empt 300psi If not inform QA QC
75. should be repeated twice leaving the regulator closed 3 Connect the Teflon tubing from the analyser span input to the output of the regulator 4 Open the cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Check that there are no leaks from around the regulator seals using the SNOOP leak detecting solution provided Tighten the regulator if necessary Record the cylinder pressure from the right hand dial 5 Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from the left hand dial by turning the regulator pressure control right hand valve 6 Switch CO out of service control to on This allows calibration data to be flagged Methodologies for flagging calibration data vary between systems in case of difficulty consult your QA QC T Press the span button on the front of the analyser 8 Fully open the cylinder main valve Slowly open the regulator output valve to allow gas to flow to the analyser Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from the left hand dial by turning the regulator pressure control right hand valve 9 Regulate the flow using the regulator output such that the excess flow is around 100 I hour 10 Note the span value on the analyser front panel This should be within 10 of the value of the cylinder If not contact the QA QC 11 Press measure to return to sampling ambient air Switch the CO out of service control to off when the analyser has fallen to ambient le
76. source of low level NOx emission and therefore make the largest contribution about 75 or more to long term ground level concentrations in urban areas For this reason highest NOx levels in cities are usually found at roadside locations Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 6 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 3 3 Sulphur Dioxide Sulphur dioxide SO is an acidic gas formed by the oxidation of sulphur impurities in fuels during combustion processes particularly of solid fuel and petroleum which account for about 90 of SO emissions A very high proportion of UK emissions originate from power stations and industrial sources although these are generally released at height by chimneys to achieve effective dispersion under normal conditions Historically domestic solid fuel use was once an important source of ground level SO emissions Atmospheric concentrations have decreased sharply by over 90 in the past forty years as a result of decreasing use of high sulphur coal and increasing use of abatement equipment in the industrial and power generation sectors SO is a respiratory irritant and can cause constriction of the airways It can also react with other pollutants in the atmosphere to produce secondary particulate matter PM Finally at high concentrations it can damage plants and through acid deposition so called acid rain contribute to acidification of soils and waters 2 3 4 Ca
77. spares These are located so as to minimise accidental disturbance by site operators The housings have internal fluorescent lighting and an emergency lighting system Requirements for electrical safety testing are given in section 10 1 Electrical Safety 8 1 4 Air Conditioning Freestanding monitoring station housings should be fully air conditioned in order to maintain a stable operating temperature of approximately 20 25 C within the enclosure Typically analysers can operate within a temperature range 15 35 C however in order to ensure a stable instrument response it is important to reduce the operating temperature variation to a minimum It is also important that instrument calibrations are performed within a known consistent and stable temperature range Because a constant temperature must be maintained within the enclosure doors must whenever possible be kept closed The temperature control on the air conditioning unit should only need adjusting at the beginning of the summer and winter seasons The air conditioning unit must be able to maintain the internal temperature at 20 30 C with typically a 3 KW equipment load and an ambient temperature of up to 35 C The heat exchanger must be positioned where it cannot affect the ambient air being drawn in through the inlets 8 2 Cylinder Storage Many of the instruments are calibrated using standard gas mixtures It is therefore necessary to keep compressed gas cylinders at th
78. stored in the sensor unit of the TEOM analyser so they are pre conditioned before changing Inform the QA QC when the site stock of unused filters gets down to four Check that the TEOM out of service switch Data Stop button is ON Open the door of the TEOM sensor unit Carefully lift the handle of the mass transducer to swing the transducer into its filter changing position and expose the filter Carefully insert the filter exchange tool under the filter cartridge so that the filter disk is between the fork and the upper plate of the tool with the hub of the filter between the tines of the lower form Gently lift the filter from the tapered element with a straight pull DO NOT TWIST OR PULL SIDEWAYS Discard the exposed cartridge and wipe clean the exchange tool with a tissue Use the exchange tool to remove a new cartridge from the box DO NOT TOUCH THE FILTER WITH YOUR FINGERS Note that the box of new filters should be stored inside the TEOM sensor unit to maintain them at a constant temperature Hold the new filter in line with the tapered element and lightly insert the hub of the filter onto the tip of the tapered element Apply a gentle downward pressure to set the filter firmly in place Figure 18 4 and then carefully retract the exchange tool Problems with excessive response noise may be experienced if the filter is not seated correctly and firmly on the tip of the tapered element The filter should therefore be positione
79. such as an analyser air pump being noisy may be indicative that the unit is liable to malfunction this should be reported by the operator Obviously the level to which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator but the operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the postcalibration check sheet must be completed as follows 1 All checks detailed in section 11 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the postcalibration check sheet as follows e CO Analyser NOx Analyser SO Analyser Ozone Analyser Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 53 AOON RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual e TEOMFDMS not required when filter not changed e Air Sampling Manifold not required if precalibration was OK e Modem Complete the final check section of the postcalibration check sheet Complete the calibration end time Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to a deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk Check that the roof area a
80. the adjustment and with sites being calibrated adjusted fortnightly or monthly this could lead to an appreciable proportion of data being degraded in quality Calibration results therefore serve only to scale ambient data They are not be used to routinely adjust analyser response factors As the instruments will not be adjusted the instrument zero response and calibration factors Vz and F will have to be updated in the CMCU and QA QC Unit data processing system on a regular basis following each calibration For this reason calibration records must be e mailed to the CMCU and QA QC Unit immediately after each on site manual calibration 9 5 Calibration During High Pollution Episodes In order to prevent losing valuable pollution data it is important to avoid calibrating the analysers during high pollution episodes Before starting the calibration the LSO should check the ambient concentration displayed on the instrument s front panel If any concentrations are above or close to the trigger levels given for each pollutant in Table 9 1 please do not proceed with the calibration for that pollutant It is alright to carry out the calibrations for the unaffected pollutants Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 38 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Pollutant episodes often last several hours or even days To save a wasted journey it may be useful to check on UK AIR that the pollution episode
81. the QA QC Unit AQ Monitoring Station Site Visit Summary Send to agadmin aeat co uk Contact Details Martin Davies AEA 0870 190 6451 martin davies aeat co_uk Cc Site Name Please Select Name of LSO ESU Date of Visit Time of Visit hh mm Please enter GMT BST Reason For Visit Please enter Equipment attended to Other Please specify Figure 1 1 Opening screen for the Calibration Spreadsheet v1 01 Information is entered in a series of tabs Figure 21 2 that follow a similar format to the traditional paper forms The site is selected from a list eliminating the risk of misidentification of the site Revised versions of the sheet will be issued as appropriate upon the commissioning of new sites There is a facility to record free text as necessary It is recommended that you take a laptop with you to the site if possible and complete the spreadsheet as you carry out the calibration If you do not have access to a laptop or if it is not feasible to take it on site visits the spreadsheets may be copied for example into Word Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 147 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual printed out and the paper copy completed on site An example of the NETCEN tab is given in Appendix D However when you return to your office it is important to transfer the data from the paper copy into the original electr
82. the SI system e Measurements should be made within a documented quality system e Where possible measurements should be harmonised with those made by organisations both within and outside UK This manual describes the documented procedures and record keeping systems necessary to ensure that on site network operations comply with the overall QA QC programme objectives specified above and are also compatible with the requirements of the UK National Measurement System However documenting the procedures alone is not enough they must also be followed properly by everyone involved To help ensure that this happens Ricardo AEA provide full training to LSOs This training is intended to ensure that the site operators Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 11 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual understand the monitoring techniques involved and the network procedures required to maintain a high standard of performance Compliance with documented procedures is also closely monitored by Ricardo AEA during intercalibrations audits of site operators and on going data assessments It is a requirement that LSOs must make themselves available for an intercalibration visit if a member of Ricardo AEA requests that they do so Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 12 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 5 Data Requirements Not all the monitoring sites within the Scottish air
83. the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet Switch the analyser SERVICE control to OUT This allows calibration data to be flagged The SERVICE switch is mounted on the secondary panel behind the instrument front panel To access this panel grasp the front top corners of the front panel and pull forward The panel will pop loose and pivot forward Locate the Web logger and hold the lt Zero gt button until the red light illuminates Note only one button can be switched on at any one time Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The Stab value should be less than 1ppb Repeat process if readings did not stabilise Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light illuminates if an auto calibration cylinder is being used to calibrate the analyser If a cylinder is being manually connected to be used for the calibration press and hold lt SERVICE gt button until red light illuminates Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Check flow of site cy
84. the option to OUTSVC Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 89 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 11 Press ENTER again and the HOME button to return to the primary screen OUT OF SERVICE should appear on the status line Now EITHER Connect the zero air canister to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air through the zero air canister The zero air scrubber to be used is the one containing the orange silica gel and the black hopcalite The silica gel end should be open to the environment the hopcalite end connected to the instrument OR If a zero air cylinder is used then open the cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control left hand valve If a flow meter is fitted a further adjustment of the gas flow can be made In this case use the output needle valve to adjust the output flow to approximately 1 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred i e the NOx NO concentrations should not vary mo
85. the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed 13 Turning now to the NO in air calibration cylinder repeat steps 8 to 12 14 Record three sets of NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration Allow 10 seconds between each set of readings 15 Verify that the readings are reasonable the NO signal should be close to that obtained while performing the zero calibration with the NOx and NO signals showing approximately the same large deflection from this zero point 16 Repeat step 12 17 Check that the results from this calibration are consistent with those of the previous calibration The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QANQC 18 Change the NOx analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 13 5 of this section 19 Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser 20 Switch the NOx SERVICE control to IN
86. the regulator by allowing gas from the cylinder to flush out all air in the regulator and line through the purge valve repeat twice Air in the system may give false readings and cause the NO calibration gas to become unstable e f the system is on non continuous operation pressurise the regulator and close the cylinder valve The regulator should be left in this pressurised state to ensure there is no ingress of ambient air If the system is on continuous operation leave the cylinder valve open with the system under pressure Any problems encountered during this procedure should be reported to the gas standards supplier Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 29 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual The Calibration Gas Supplier is also responsible for the gas pressure regulators They will replace any damaged or faulty regulators in the event that a regulator malfunctions or is damaged please contact the Calibration Gas Supplier and they will arrange its repair or replacement Should there be a leak or accidental discharge of gas and the cylinder is empty please phone Air Liquide UK Ltd 01737 462695 for emergency advice For routine gas replacement please contact Air Liquide directly on 01675 468901 If the current cylinder is completely empty and you have not been contacted regarding replacement please contact QA QC Unit for advice 8 4 Sampling System The following applies only to sites fi
87. through a filter which retains all the PM in the airstream but allows any gases to pass through This scrubbed zero air is then returned to the sensor unit where it is sampled normally to provide a baseline measurement The average concentration over this 6 minutes is the reference measurement of the 12 minute cycle 5 During the reference cycle any volatile particulates that were collected during the base measurement cycle can evaporate from the sensor filter This means that the reference cycle average is usually a small negative value as material has been lost from the filter The reference cycle measurement can also on occasion be slightly positive if gases are absorbed by PM on the filter cartridge The FDMS uses the average base and reference concentrations to calculate an overall mass concentration for the 12 minute cycle according to the following example equation Mass Concentration Base Concentration Reference Concentration example Base 25 ugm Reference 2 6 ygm Mass Concentration 25 2 6 27 6 ugm The exchangeable purge filter can provide a time integrated particulate matter sample that can be used for subsequent chemical analysis Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 126 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Size Selective Inlet System Schematic Flow Splitter FDMS Main Enclosure FDMS Main Enclosure Purge Flow to Pump
88. under review at the time of writing This manual will be updated as necessary As already mentioned in previous sections as of 11 June 2003 only analysers that are proven to be equivalent to the reference method are allowed in the AURN This requirement extends to non AURN sites within the Scottish air quality network as they must be operated to the same principles of QA QC Table 7 2 Typical Specifications for Standard Gaseous Pollutant Analysers Pollutant Measured by Analyser 070 Repeatability Zero 2 ug mi f j 1 2 mg m At Limit Value 6ugm 8 gt 3 3 5 mg m Period of Unattended Operation 3 months 3 months 95 Response Time max 180 secs 180 secs 7 2 Accreditation Ricardo AEA holds UKAS United Kingdom Accreditation Service accreditation UKAS Calibration Laboratory No 0401 to ISO 17025 for the on site calibration of the gas analysers NOx CO SOz O3 used in Scotland s air quality monitoring for flow rate checks on particulate analysers PM and PM 5 and for the determination of the spring constant ko for the FDMS analyser The accredited procedures for analyser calibration include the following analyser checks Noise Linearity Response time Converter efficiency SO hydrocarbon interference and Uncertainty evaluation Ricardo AEA also holds UKAS accreditation for laboratory certification of NO NO2 CO and SO gas cylinders also for ozone photometers Ref Ricardo AEA VR ED57729 Is
89. under the EXEC command on the instrument display this EXECutes the highlighted menu option in this case taking us to the CALibration menu Ensure the cursor is highlighting the LINE field Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from MEASure measuring ambient to ZERO This places the analyser into a zero calibration causing the analyser to sample from the site Zero air scrubber Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes The reading on the front panel of the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutive NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Read the NO cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from neck of cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QA QC Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from ZERO to SPAN This places the analyser into a span calibration causing the analyser to sample from the site NO calibration cylinder Allow the analyser to stabilise on span gas for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the reading on the front panel of the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutiv
90. value is less than 1ppb 12 Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obtained 13 By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 14 Change the analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 15 5 15 The lt SPAN gt light should now be off If not allow 2 3 minutes for it to turn off automatically If using the lt SERVICE gt button Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light switches off 16 All three red lights should be turned off 17 Switch the analyser OUT OF SERVICE to IN SVC when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration oND Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 93 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 15 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the front of the instrument rack m
91. which are part of the national monitoring network the AURN The data may also be used for a variety of other purposes such as in scientific research to help understand the factors that affect air quality 2 2 Locations of Monitoring Stations The home page of Air Quality in Scotland at http www scottishairquality co uk index php contains an interactive map of Scotland s automatic air quality monitoring stations Figure 2 1 shows part of this map as an example The colours and numbers shown on the site markers reflect pollution levels at the time this screen print was taken they do not have any other significance To see more details about each site and access data summaries and information on background pollutant concentrations in the area click on its marker Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 4 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Air Quality in Scotland Map Satellite Terrain Da Fag oo QF 7 s rbroath Pe oe St Andrews lt M y YW a lt he Figure 2 1 Section of Interactive Site Map Ref Ricardo AEA VR ED57729 Issue 1 5 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 3 Pollutants Monitored The Scottish air quality monitoring network monitors five pollutants oxides of nitrogen NOx which comprises nitric oxide NO and nitrogen dioxide NO3 sulphur dioxide SO carbon monoxide CO ozone O3 and susp
92. will allow the following functions to be undertaken 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection Occasionally you may also have to carry out non routine site visits in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit Operators must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and ensure they fully understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits It is essential that the procedures are followed as written for both routine and non routine site visits to ensure that reliable and accurate air quality measurements are made This section will cover the main procedures that a local site operator will have to undertake fora BAM 1020 These are as follows Pre and Post diagnostic checks Cleaning of Inlet Head Cleaning the acceleration chamber Cleaning the collector assembly Cleaning the Nozzle and vane Cleaning SCC Filter Tape installation LSO call out faults 20 2 BAM Main Menu and Key Board Functions The Main Menu and keyboard are shown in Figure 20 1 below followed by a description of the keyboard
93. 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Page 2 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 1 Aan LIQUIDE Date 15 4 2008 Supersedes 0 0 0 0 to 1000 ppb nitrogen dioxide in air 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE continued Use only properly specified equipment which is suitable for this product its supply pressure and temperature Contact your gas supplier if in doubt Refer to supplier s container handling instructions 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION Personal protection Do not smoke while handling product Ensure adequate ventilation Occupational Exposure Limits Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen dioxide 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES TLV TWA ppm 3 TLV STEL ppm 5 OEL UK LTEL ppm 5 OEL UK STEL ppm 5 VLE France ppm 3 MAK Germany ppm 5 Physical state at 20 C Compressed gas Colour Colourless Odour Negligible Relative density gas air 1 Lighter or similar to air Solubility in water mg l No reliable data available 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability and reactivity May react violently with combustible materials May react violently with reducing agents Violently oxidises organic material 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Toxicity information No data available 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecological effe
94. 2 Use cotton buds and Decon 90 to clean the three vent tubes base of the assembly and weep hole in the collector plate where the moisture runs out to the moisture trap Rinse with distilled water 3 Disconnect rain jar assembly from lower collector plate assembly Clean inside brass tube with cotton buds and Decon 90 Rinse with distilled water 4 Remove the rain jar and clean For units with a cork sealing ring inside the cap of the jar put a thin coating of silicon grease on the gasket and install the jar If the sealing gasket is neoprene no silicon grease is required 5 Reconnect rain jar assembly to lower collector assembly Ensure rain jar is sitting vertically 6 Inspect the two inlet tube o rings for wear and replace if necessary Wipe off any grease present and apply a thin coating of fresh silicon grease to the o rings 7 Clean the internal threads of the assembly with Decon 90 on a lint free tissue 8 20 8 Cleaning the Acceleration Assembly Quarterly 1 Mark the upper and lower plates of the assembly with a pencil so that the unit can be correctly aligned on reassembly Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 139 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 Unscrew the four Philips screws from the top plate and remove the top plate and four spacers 3 Clean the top plate deflector cone insect screen internal walls and the underside plate 4 Inspect the large diameter o ring fo
95. 5 of the purafil is purple note on the calibration record sheet but continue with calibration 3 Check the tubing from the canisters is secure and the lid is tight If a zero air cylinder gas is used note the gas pressure in the calibration sheet 15 3 8 Completion of Pre calibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform QA QC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed to the next section 15 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure View the New Monitor Labs Procedures Video on YouTube Results of the calibration will be taken from either the data logger display if fitted or the instrument s display for recording on the calibration record sheets The on site chart recorder if present is to be used to determine that the instrument has fully stabilized in its response to the gas sample being introduced at its inlet When closing the calibration gas cylinder valves care should be taken not to overtighten the valves on the gas regulator Overtightening can damage the needle valve mechanism Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 87 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should however be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder In order to have a full and complete set of instructions for each analyser instructions for opening gas cylinder valves are contained within the calib
96. 57729 Issue 1 85 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press the ENTER button which located in the centre of the arrow keys To return to the primary screen press the HOME button 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Using the arrow keys move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press ENTER Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press HOME 15 3 3 SO2 Analyser The Casella Monitor model CM2050 SO analyser has a TFT colour display which in normal operation shows the current SO concentration a time series graph displaying the previous 10 minutes of concentration data the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line abov
97. Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 23 1 On site Procedures in the Event of Non Routine Site Visits It is impossible to list here every possible problem and its solution However it is generally possible to systematically test the measurement chain in order to discover the cause of the problem and effect its solution The non routine call out of site operators will be at the request of the QA QC who will supply information on which piece of equipment has malfunctioned together with relevant fault symptoms and possible causes It is very important that all checks and remedial action carried out are fully documented The LSO will not need to carry out tests on analysers or ancillary equipment which have not been reported as faulty As far as possible the site should be left free running to maintain instrument response continuity and maximise data capture On site problems when they occur generally fall into six categories a Loss of mains or telephone connection to the site This will be detected by QA QC being completely unable to contact the site by telemetry b Analyser malfunction This will generally affect data from only one analyser c Data logging or telemetry malfunction This may have the same symptoms as a above or may result in normal line connection to the site but inability to receive any meaningful data d Autocalibration malfunction e Site vandalism f Air conditioning
98. BAM Error Codes Table 20 1 below gives a list of possible BAM error codes that LSO may see when on site Also given are actions that the LSO may carry out while on site to test the monitor These however should only be undertaken after contacting the QA QC Table 20 1 BAM 1020 Error Codes and Actions Telemetry reset indicates that the system time was reset This may occur after a power outage Check to see that date and time GMT are correct through SETUP option U Telemetry fault indicates a fault with the remote telemetry system Check to see if telemetry connections are secure and the light on the modem is flashing Internal error NCAR Contact QA QC L Power failure Make sure unit is on Check power lead is not loose or damaged at back of BAM If power has been interrupted to BAM check date and time is corrected If not reset clock through SETUP Reference membrane stuck membrane motor timed out without completing extension withdrawal of membrane Contact QA QC and or ESU N Nozzle stuck nozzle motor timed out Manually test using TEST PUMP Nozzle UP and DOWN Look for deposits on nozzle lip Clean if required F Flow error flow lt 10 or gt 20 lpm Perform manual flow audit using Test PUMP Pump ON If flow is lt 10LPM check line to pump for obstructions or crimps in line If Zero flow is greater than 1LPM check for deposits on nozzle lip Pressure error pressure drops more than 300 mmHg during the cycle or the reference m
99. C if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration 11 3 1 CO Analyser The API 300 CO analyser has a 2 line alphanumeric display and 3 status LED display lights on the front panel The display is divided into 4 fields Mode Field Key Definition Message and Concentration 1 In normal operation the Mode field will show SAMPLE with the SAMPLE LED illuminated and the CAL and FAULT LEDs off Check these and record on precalibration checklist 2 If the red FAULT light is on a warning message has been generated and is still active due to some instrument operating parameter falling outside preset ranges If the FAULT light is on two additional buttons will be identified in the Key Definition area of the display namely MSG message and CLR clear Press the message button and record the warning message given in the message area of the screen and press clear 3 If the red FAULT light is off and a message display is visible a fault has occurred but has been automatically rectified Record the message and press clear 4 Anumber of instrument internal operational parameters can be accessed by pressing the test left hand button to obtain each parameter in turn Press this and record the result displayed in the message area of the display against the appropriate parameter on precalibration checklist When all parameters on the precalibration checklist have been noted press the test button once more This will display the curre
100. C if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 66 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 13 3 3 SO2 Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9850 SO analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current SO concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS
101. Check that Teflon lines to filter holder are well secured 14 6 Changing the daily CO cylinder Where fitted Some network sites use separate cylinders for weekly calibration and daily autocalibration This is not the case for ENVIDAS equipped monitoring stations so there will be no need to change a daily CO cylinder 14 7 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network reports time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive analyser noise or cyclic response changes Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert network managers and the QA QC Unit as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at regular scheduled intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero
102. Compression Fitting Hopcalite Purafil nr Silica Gel 7S Charcoal Charcoal Room P Sar Air In DFU Compression Fitting Zero Air Out 24672 Figure 9 1 Zero Air Generator Some sites use an active system where air is forced through the scrubbers others use a passive system in which air is drawn through the scrubbers by the analyser The active system has the following advantages e the system is far less susceptible to leaks due to the positive pressure caused by the compressor along the flow path e the differences between output pressure and atmospheric pressure i e overpressurisation in active and underpressurisation in passive systems can be better regulated and controlled The consumable components in the zero air generator are changed routinely at six monthly intervals as part of the service This will only be done after comparison with transfer zero standard at the QA QC audit The zero transfer standard used by Ricardo AEA for these comparisons will previously have been compared to certified zero air cylinders This is carried out by Ricardo AEA and is not the responsibility of the LSO 9 2 2 Production of Span Calibration Gases The gas standards supplier supplies gas cylinders containing calibration gas mixtures of NO NO2 SO2 and CO These cylinders are purchased from a supplier which has demonstrated compliance with all relevant quality control procedures in the preparation of gas
103. D touch screen display select CAL then MEAS then ZERO Select SET to initiate the zeroing of the analyser 4 Note the concentrations down after 6 minutes or after the readings have stabilised the value should not vary by more than 0 2ppm 5 Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display 6 Before initiating the Span cycle record the cylinder pressure from the dial closest to the cylinder head and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QA QC 7 Initiate the Span sequence by selecting ZERO on the Cal front screen then SPAN on the LCD touch screen display Select SET to initiate SPAN sequence 8 Allow the analyser to stabilise on span gas for a period of not less than 6 minutes or after the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 0 4ppm 9 Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display 10 To exit calibration menu select SPAN then MEAS then SET then CLOSE to go back to front screen 11 Check that the analyser returns to normal ambient concentrat
104. ESU will be expected to provide replacement equipment within the stated response timescale should any equipment fault not be rectifiable Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Immediately before any repair adjustment or replacement of an analyser it is essential that the instrument is calibrated if possible in an as found state using the on site calibration gases In the case of ozone analysers this calibration must be completed against a reference photometer Gravimetric Samplers The gravimetric samplers will be subject to the same routine and emergency service and maintenance requirements as detailed above Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendix B Safety Data Sheets for Gases Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 AIR LIQUIDE pane Hovi Page 1 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 1 Date 15 4 2008 Supersedes 0 0 0 0 to 1000 ppb nitrogen dioxide in air 1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE PREPARATION AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING Trade name Company identification Emergency phone nr 0 to 1000 ppb nitrogen dioxide in air Air Liquide UK Ltd Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom 01675 462695 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Substance Preparation Components Preparation This pro
105. If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the pre calibration checklist Telephone the CMCU if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 77 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the pre calibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 14 3 3 SO Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9850 SO analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current SO concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is te
106. In high concentrations may cause asphyxiation Compressed gas 4 FIRST AID MEASURES First aid measures Inhalation In high concentrations may cause asphyxiation Symptoms may include loss of mobility consciousness Victim may not be aware of asphyxiation Remove victim to uncontaminated area wearing self contained breathing apparatus Keep victim warm and rested Call a doctor Apply artificial respiration if breathing stopped Ingestion Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Flammable class Non flammable Specific hazards Exposure to fire may cause containers to rupture explode Hazardous combustion products None Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media All known extinguishants can be used Specific methods If possible stop flow of product Move away from the container and cool with water from a protected position Special protective equipment for fire In confined space use self contained breathing apparatus fighters 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Personal precautions Evacuate area Ensure adequate air ventilation Wear self contained breathing apparatus when entering area unless atmosphere is proved to be safe Environmental precautions Try to stop release Air Liquide UK Ltd In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom AIR LIQUIDE pane Hovi Page 2 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised editio
107. K Air Quality Monitoring Networks Health and Safety Guidance document available from Ricardo AEA and available on the Health and Safety Database Health and safety responsibilities of the LSO are as follows Review risks and prepare a risk assessment for work carried out at each site including transport to and from the site and the movement of gas cylinders into the site The risk assessment should be updated at least annually Ensure actions are taken to mitigate the risks resulting from the risk assessment e g purchase of safety equipment display of H amp S information at site staff training and communication Carry out a take two risk assessment on arrival at the site A take two risk assessment is a short and simple visual check of the key risks to review whether it is safe to carry out work Notify Ricardo AEA of any new or site specific risks Follow advice from the Ricardo AEA Health and Safety Coordinator Ensure contact details for your organisation are up to date and sent to Ricardo AEA Other responsibilities as specifically identified in the LSO s contract If your site is an AURN site there are specific responsibilities regarding reporting risks via the AURN Health and Safety Database these will have been communicated separately Comply with health and safety laws and regulations see http Awww hse gov uk 3 3 LSO Training As an LSO it is essential that you fully understand all the site oper
108. Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 600 Nitrogen Oxides nU 15 Hinute Av Null i E as H a F H 8 iB H E E es i i 3 8 p G t 450 300 3 6 150 0 150 May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 Figure 24 1 Examples of internal sampling Fort William 61 05 2011 to 31 12 2011 200 Nitrogen Oxides nU 15 Hinute nU Null 7 a 3 amp H i f 3 T i z 3 100 2 50 iI t T T T T T T T May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Figure 24 2 Further examples of internal sampling Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 163 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Graph type Time Series 110217 12 110224 12 200 1754 1504 1254 1004 754 504 254 o Aaaa O a A a 254 50 12 0220 12 0221 12 0224 12 12 0219 12 FDMS Rochester Stoke 10Mass 000 M Value ug m3 m 46 79 s 20 52 min 5 9 max 95 2 n FDMS Rochester Stoke 25Mass 000M Value ug m3 m 50 59 5 19 59 min 11 7 max 103 3 N 16 FDM m 13 5 s 7 717 min 49 1 ma FDMS m 15 1 s 22 12 0223 12 IS Rochester Stoke Vol Mass 000 M Value ug m3 23n 1 oan 000 M Value ug m3 Figure 24 3 Examples of erratic data after poor filter change Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 164 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Graph ty
109. O will be responsible for ensuring that all work undertaken on site conforms to the relevant health and safety standards and legislation such as working at heights electrical safety use of compressed gases COSHH and manual handling etc Any safety issues identified should be communicated immediately to all relevant organisations including Ricardo AEA who may need to visit the site as part of their QA QC duties the CMCU in the case of AURN sites service contractors gas suppliers etc oA 6 Routine instrument calibrations These must be carried out on a 2 weekly basis for traffic related sites or a 4 weekly basis for other sites You will need to Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 8 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual e Carry out calibrations of the analysers for gaseous pollutants using the standard gas mixtures provided on site e Complete the relevant calibration sheet provided by Ricardo AEA and e mail this to Ricardo AEA at the AQ Admin e mail address provided aqgadmin ricardo aea com e Make a note of anything unusual at the site which could affect the monitoring results This could be road works building or demolition work nearby evidence of a fire nearby or changes to normal traffic flow e Change the particulate filters on the monitoring instrumentation for gaseous pollutants these are the filters that prevent airborne particulate matter being drawn into the analy
110. Site Operators Manual 9 Principles of Calibration In order to ensure the data are fit for purpose the monitoring instruments analysers must be regularly calibrated In the case of analysers for gaseous pollutants this is done using traceable transfer gas calibration standards A three tier system of calibration and analyser test procedures is used The major parts of this system are as follows 1 Daily automatic Internal Zero and Span IZS checks This is a daily automatic calibration which provides information on instrument response drifts and act as a daily check on instrument performance Results should not be used for data scaling unless calibration gas is used for IZS 2 Fortnightly manual calibrations four weekly at non traffic sites These are performed by the LSO are used by the CMCU to scale raw pollution data from the instrument into meaningful concentration units Instrument drifts are fully quantified by calibrating analysers manually with documented and traceable calibration gas standards 3 Network intercalibrations three monthly for ozone six monthly for all other pollutants These exercises performed by Ricardo AEA ensure that measurements from all sites are intercomparable The intercalibrations also act as an independent audit of the system performance at each monitoring site In this way any site specific problems which may have developed and remained undetected are fully quantified In some cases such
111. The sample filter is situated on the centre or right of the analyser unit mounted in a vertical orientation for ease of access Turn the filter cover anticlockwise and then remove Remove the sample filter Inspect filter for signs of excessive soiling and inspect the gasket and o ring to ensure they are not damaged Take clean filter from box and insert into the filter holder careful not to dislodge lose the gasket and o ring under the sample filter On the APMA and APNA CO and Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 113 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual NOx the notched face of the gasket should be pointing outwards Otherwise leaks will occur 7 Replace the filter cover 17 6 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network will report time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive noise or cyclic response changes etc Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert network managers as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at fortnightly intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrum
112. Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 124 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 19 TEOM FDMS Analysers Site Operational Procedures 19 1 Introduction A major factor in ensuring high quality from the Scottish Network will be the regular visits to each monitoring site carried out by locally based personnel This section sets out procedures to be followed by Local Site Operators in carrying out the tasks necessary to support the operation of the Thermo TEOM 1400AB 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamic Measurement System equipment used to undertake gravimetric monitoring of airborne particulate concentrations of PM and where relevant PM at sites in the UK It outlines procedures required for the changing of sensor unit and purge filters together with the routine maintenance of the equipment necessary for continued optimal performance It is essential that the procedures be followed as written for routine and non routine site visits to ensure that reliable and accurate air quality measurements are made Together with these routine functions there may be instances when
113. Vacuum Figure 21 2 Pre calibration Checklist Select the Cal page Turn on any Status Flags or out of service switches consult the LSO Manual for details and click on the box next to the Turn all status flags on message The calibration tables will now appear If the monitoring station records data through an external datalogger click the External Datalogger present box for another set of tables to appear If printing out a copy to take to site click on the Turn all status flags on first so that the tables appear on your print out Perform zero and cylinder calibrations as described in the LSO Manual NOx SO2 and ozone values should be entered in ppb value typically between 0 and 1000ppb and CO in ppm Once each calibration point is stable take three replicate measurements for each pollutant species at about 1 minute apart this will help to prove that the analyser has stabilised See Figure 22 3 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 149 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Figure 21 3 Calibration page 7 Enter all the cylinder details including cylinder number pressure and units not forgetting any zero and Daily CO cylinders that may be present at site 8 Once the calibration is complete return the calibration gases to their as found condition and change the sample inlet filters 9 Change the FDMS analyser filters and clean the heads only
114. X Casella Monitor Equipment Site Operational Procedure 84 15 1 MMO HOI gasses dns seein NE 84 15 2 Preparation sins tvcssinasscsnazrsaisinsadeasinsecnieasstiniurieeeriarndedsiuatsacssiaasuninsedauiepiiieacipeceagina is 84 15 3 Pre calibration Checks ecccceceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeaaeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaees 85 15 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure cccceecceceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceseeeaeesnseeesnsneennenaes 87 15 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters 00 0 eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 94 15 6 Post calibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection cceeeeeeeeeeees 94 Horiba Equipment 360 Series Site Operational Procedures cccssseeseeeeeees 96 16 1 MRS UNO a eneniin sera luntadttes deat Unieuccctuanacetseametuees 96 16 2 PreparatiOn sses r A E N 96 16 3 Pre calibration Checks cccccceceeseeceeeenneeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeseseaeeeeessaeeeeesseeteseeeaaes 97 16 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeaes 100 16 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters 0 ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaees 105 16 6 Post calibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection cceeeeeeeees 105 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 iii RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Horiba Equ
115. a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained 13 In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed 14 By considering previous calibration results if present obtained from the calibration just performed satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 0 5 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 15 Change the CO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 12 5 16 If necessary reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Turn the calibration valve to Ambient 17 Switch the CO analyser back into service by exiting the service mode when the analyser has fallen to ambient levels Access the Service Mode as described in section 12 2 and switch service mode off The spanner should disappear from the bar on the screen 12 4
116. a permeation tube containing liquid SO is used in the oven Alternatively on some analyser systems the SO calibration gas standard is also used for the autocalibration check 9 1 3 Ozone Analyser Zero air is produced by an internal zero scrubber inside the analyser and passed through the reaction cell Span gas is produced by the action of UV light in an ozone generator on the same zero airstream to produce ozone 9 1 4 CO Analyser Zero air either from a cylinder of pure zero air or generated by passing ambient air through a heated palladium alumina catalyst is passed through the reaction cell in order to test the instrument s zero response Span gas is supplied from a dedicated CO cylinder attached to the IZS span inlet on the equipment rack 9 1 5 Zero Checks on Particulate Analysers Because it is difficult to generate an air stream containing a specific concentration of particulate matter of the relevant size fraction PM or PM s5 it is not possible to provide a system to carry out daily automatic calibrations on the particulate analyser However it is possible to carry out a zero check and from time to time PMio or PMs monitoring instruments may be subject to zero checks by Ricardo AEA This involves fitting a filter on the inlet in place of the PM head for a period of a few days so that the instrument samples particulate free air over this period LSOs may be asked to return to site to remove the filters and replac
117. adings have stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Also note down the instrument gain values for zero and span These are situated under ZERO and SPAN on the Cal front page beside SPAN CONC Record three consecutive NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Before initiating the Span cycle record the cylinder pressure from the dial closest to the cylinder head and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QA QC Initiate the Span sequence by selecting ZERO then SPAN on the LCD touch screen display Select SET to initiate SPAN sequence Allow the analyser to stabilise on span gas for a period of not less than 6 minutes or after the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutive NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Repeat steps 1 to 9 using the on site NO calibration cylinder The NO signal should be close to that obtained while performing the zero calibration The NOx and NO signals should show the same approximate large deflection To exit calibration menu
118. ains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed By considering previous calibration results if present obtained from the calibration just performed satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the SO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 12 5 Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Turn calibration valve to Ambient Switch the SO analyser back into service by exiting the service mode wh
119. air Obviously the level to which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator The operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the post calibration check spreadsheet must be completed as follows 1 All checks detailed in section 14 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the post calibration check spreadsheet as follows ix CO Analyser Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 82 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Dane x NOx Analyser xi SO Analyser xii Ozone Analyser xiii TEOM not required when filter not changed xiv Air Sampling Manifold not required if pre calibration was OK xv Modem xvi Data Logger Compare the results of the post calibration checks to the pre calibration values If any there are any large unexpected changes notify the QA QC Complete the final check section of the post calibration check spreadsheet if no out of service switches are present telephone the QA QC to notify them that the calibration is complete so that they may restore data dissemination Complete the gas cylinder pressure table at the end of the calibration spreadsheets Complete the calibration end time Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to el
120. al ProC CUres cc ccccsssssecessssseeeseesseseceessneeeesecsnseesesssnseesessaneesees 125 Beta Attenuation Monitor Model 1020 Site Operational Procedures 136 20 1 Introduci n E S 136 20 2 BAM Main Menu and Key Board Functions 0 ccccccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 136 20 3 Preparato ociera e eE a Ea ET 138 20 4 Pre and Post Calibration CHECKS scccccsssssceceessneeeeeseneeeessseeeeeeeeseeaeeeeseaas 139 20 10 Clean Sharp Cut Cyclone SCC PMb 5 OnIy cccccccsscecssececseeeeeseeeesseeeeseees 142 20 11 Filter Tape Installation secienciticisuecran tvs cucteetasGetieaastelaindunicleeadads atiiudaredvalstaedetetuucks 143 20 12 BAM Error C d ES is csascassessssesscinreciasdabiasyacteaianraioetaausenaiatecieuaniariesacuaiantearise 146 Calibration Shee tS sssaaa aE ESENE aa 147 Site Audits and Intercalibration Visits ccesseeessseeeeeseeeeeeeeeesneeeeeessseeeeneeeeeeees 152 221 Site Audits nenir annaia e EEEE 152 22 2 ntercalibration ViSitSiescersi icre n A EE AEE at 152 Non routine Site USN Sag sce ss isc nha ee cane cesit ces dee nec obaaad deawaus scedueenteosaakeacss acts 153 23 1 On site Procedures in the Event of Non Routine Site Visits 0 ceee 154 TUES SEUNG cic a a aree Eaa eiaa aaaea 155 24 1 On site Test Procedures c ccccccsssececssseeeeessseeeeceesenaeeeesssaeeesssseeseessssnaeeeessaas 155 24 2 Sampling P Ree ane rare rane ae a a a rer rer
121. alibration press and hold lt SERVICE gt button until red light illuminates Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Check flow of site cylinder regulator secondary pressure should read approximately 15 psi To adjust flow slowly turn pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their setting while lt SPAN gt button is illuminated if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample Note the button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Verify that stabilisation has taken place by checking the Stab value is less than 1ppb Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obtained By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5
122. alibration checklist have been noted press the test button once more This will display the current time on the instrument display 11 3 3 SO2 Analyser The API 100 SO analyser has a 2 line alphanumeric display and 3 status LED display lights on front panel The display is divided into 4 fields Mode Field Key Definition Message and Concentration 1 3 4 In normal operation the Mode field will show SAMPLE the SAMPLE LED illuminated and the CAL and FAULT LEDs off Check these and record on precalibration checklist If the red FAULT light is on a warning message has been generated and is still active due to some instrument operating parameter falling outside of the preset levels If the FAULT light is on two additional buttons will be identified in the Key Definition area of the display namely MSG message and CLR clear Press the message button and record the warning message given in the message area of the screen and press clear If the red FAULT light is off and a message display is visible a fault has occurred but has been automatically rectified Record the message and press clear A number of instrument internal operational parameters can be accessed by pressing the test left hand button to obtain each parameter in turn Press this and record the result displayed in the message area of the display against the appropriate parameter on precalibration checklist When all parameters on the precalibration checklist hav
123. all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct To obtain the required information use the various key pad functions on the monitor front panel i e soft keys and Arrow keys If any of the above checks are not correct inform QA QC before proceeding 20 5 Modem where fitted Check that the light on the modem is flashing and all connections are secure Record on the precalibration checklist provided 20 6 Cleaning the PM Head View the PM10 Inlet Head Cleaning Procedures Video on YouTube The PM head is located on the sample inlet tube above the roof of the monitoring station Use the ladder with due regard to personal safety to gain access to the monitoring station roof Extra care should be taken if raining as the roof of the station may be slippery when wet The PMio inlet needs to be cleaned each time the filter tape is changed to ensure optimal performance The cleaning materials required are a small brush lint free tissues cotton buds Decon 90 1 in H20 silicon grease and distilled water All components are to be cleaned by soaking Decon 90 on lint free tissues or cotton buds as appropriate The component should then be rinsed with distilled water to remove any Decon 90 20 7 Cleaning the Collector Assembly Monthly 1 Clean the walls the three vent tubes and the base of the assembly with a lint free cloth soaked in Decon 90 Rinse with distilled water
124. ambient values bearing in mind that at strongly traffic related sites these concentrations may vary over fairly short timescales By comparison with previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the SO sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 17 5 17 4 4 Ozone Analyser 1 2 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration spreadsheet The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when the analyser is unlocked This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations Change the O sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 17 5 17 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the front of the instrument rack must be changed on a fortnightly basis at all sites If a filter appears unusually dirty please inform the QA QC Detailed instructions for sample inlet filter changing 1 IPY N D Open the analyser front panel by pressing down right side of the panel front right the analyser panel swings open with a door action hinged on the left
125. and Site Operators Manual Figure 20 5 PM Sharp Cut Cyclone 20 11 Filter Tape Installation A roll of filter tape must be loaded into the BAM1020 for sampling One roll of tape should last approximately two 2 months under normal operation It is important to have several spare rolls of tape available to avoid data interruptions It is the responsibility of the site operator to have at least one spare roll ready for installation If there are no spare filter tapes please inform the QA QC The tape should be changed when it approaches the end of the roll based on visual inspection during each site visit by the site operator Filter tape should never be flipped over or re used This will result in measurement problems Loading a roll of filter tape is achieved by using the following steps and referring to Figure 20 6 Gloves must be worn whilst installing new tape 1 From the MAIN MENU screen press the lt TAPE gt soft key to enter the TAPE menu Note This is not the same as the TEST gt TAPE menu If the nozzle is not in the UP position press the lt TENSION gt soft key to raise the nozzle 2 Lift the rubber pinch roller assembly and latch it in the UP position see Numbers 5 and 7 in Figure 20 6 Unscrew and remove the two clear plastic spool covers 3 An empty core tube MUST be installed on the left take up reel hub This provides a surface for the used tape to spool up on Met One supplies a plastic core tube to
126. and span calibrations are performed is not Critical The exact specification of the calibration systems at each monitoring may differ slightly The control of gas delivery into the analysers may use an excess flow meter or an in line critical Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 45 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual orifice restricting the pressure Training in the use of these systems is provided by the QA QC Unit as required 11 2 Preparation 1 Upon arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser and the chart trace to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section 9 5 of the main document O gt 70 ppb NO2 gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm If an episode is occurring phone QAQC before proceeding any further 2 Take a new set of check and calibration sheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time 3 Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully 4 Ensure that the toolkit at the site is complete 11 3 Precalibration Checks In this section a number of initial visual checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the precalibration sheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QAQ
127. are output to the data logger as analogue voltages or through the RS232 interface The mass concentration is given at the reference conditions of 20 C 293 Kelvin and 1 Atmosphere 101 3 KPa 7 3 5 2 FDMS Filter Dynamic Measurement System The TEOM analyser has a relatively high operating temperature which is necessary to prevent condensation forming inside the unit However this can result in the loss of volatile components of the particulate matter resulting in under estimation of the ambient concentration The filter dynamic measurement system FDMS is a retrofit that can be applied to existing TEOM analysers When added to the TEOM the FDMS unit allows measurement of both non volatile and volatile components of particulate matter PM and closely correlates with the gravimetric PM mass concentration as measured with a reference sampler All TEOM analysers within the AURN were retrofitted with FDMS units between 2008 and 2009 The FDMS analyser consists of a sample inlet head attached to the FDMS unit which is connected to the sensor unit a control unit containing the mass flow controllers and system software and a carbon vane pump As with the TEOM the FDMS samples ambient air with a flow rate of 16 67 min through the sampling head Again this flow is divided using a flow splitter to give a main flow of 3 min through the FDMS and filter cartridge and an auxiliary flow of 13 67 min In order to measure both volati
128. art traces Kalman Adaptive It is the preference of the QA QC unit that this function is filtering disabled for all analysers and the corresponding time constant set to 30 seconds which is a reasonable compromise between quick response and low noise Post service Before leaving the site the NOx SO2 and CO analysers are analyser calibration calibrated in full accordance with the site operators manual using the on site gas calibration standards A multi point five points and a zero in the range 0 250 ppb calibration of the ozone analyser against the reference photometer is also performed All calibration results are recorded on the routine calibration sheets and should be clearly marked as POST SERVICE results G 4 Documentation of Service Visits Routine service visits must be fully documented and describe in detail any adjustments modification or repairs undertaken Results of the analyser tests performed during the service are recorded on the Analyser Performance Test form provided or with any other electronic or paper system which has previously been agreed with the QA QC and Management Units The service records together with the pre and post service calibration Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual sheets are e mailed to the Management Unit and QA QC Unit at the earliest opportunity and within 7 days at the latest Contact details are given in on t
129. as for ozone analysers the data are directly scaled according to the results obtained from the network intercalibration This section describes the automatic calibration systems and techniques and the gas standards to be used by local site operators in their fortnightly site calibrations Checklisted operational procedures for the fortnightly instrument calibrations are provided in Part B of this manual The intercalibration exercises performed by Ricardo AEA are not described in detail in this manual but a summary is included in Part B 9 1 Daily Automatic IZS Check Systems and Standards Daily automatic analyser checks provide valuable information on the routine performance of analysers and any long term response drifts The checks consisting of two point zero and span checks are controlled automatically by the data logger or analyser software and do not normally need any adjustment These checks usually take place around midnight The principles of operation of automatic internal zero and span IZS devices are given below for the different types of analyser Some systems operate daily whilst others may operate every two or three days 9 1 1 NOx Analyser Zero air that is pure air free from pollutants is passed into the reaction cell to provide a check on the instrument s zero response The zero air may be generated in one of two ways depending on the type of instrument e by passing ambient air through purafil and charcoal scrubbe
130. ass flow deviates more than 5 Check line to pump for breaks in line and leaks in inlet and pump connections to instrument a Deviant membrane density indicates that the reference membrane was out of limits by more than 3 NCAR Contact QA QC C Count error any count is lt 10000 NCAR Contact QA QC T Tape error any tape breakage or tape motor movement error Check that there is tape and install new roll if needed check for tears in tape and retape if needed advance tape several positions and watch movement using Test PUMP Tape Advance Key to abbreviations NCAR No corrective action required ESU Engineer Support Unit Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 146 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 21 Calibration Sheets The calibration spreadsheet Figure 21 1 is the recommended method of recording calibration and diagnostics information for LSOs The software allows all information collected during the calibration to be readily used to improve the quality of the validated and ratified data The spreadsheet is specifically designed to be read automatically by software at the QA QC Unit so as to minimise the risk of transcription errors The spreadsheet should work with all versions of Microsoft Excel from 2003 onwards It may not work correctly in OpenOffice The required calibration information is automatically transferred into the write protected NETCEN tab ready for automatic upload at
131. at the same time after ensuring that any needle valves in the cabinet are closed All cylinders can then be closed if necessary at the same time at the end of the calibration session 16 4 1 CO Analyser The two point calibration of a carbon monoxide analyser is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet 2 The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when a calibration is activated This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations 3 If the display is blank press any key to activate it 4 Use the white cursor keys on the instrument front panel to position the flashing cursor over the MODE field on the instrument display 5 Use the green INC increment and DEC decrement buttons up and down arrows to toggle the MODE field from EXT to LOCAL 6 Press the Function key under the MENU command on the instrument display this displays the instruments MAIN menu 7 Ensure that CALIBRATION is highlighted use the DEC and INC buttons to toggle through the menu options if it isn t 8 Press the function button under the EXEC command on the instrument display this EXECutes the highlighted menu option in this case taking us to the CALibration menu 9 Ensure the cursor is highlighting the LINE field Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from MEASure measuring ambient to ZERO This places the analyser into a zero calib
132. ated against the network reference instrument The QA QC unit will contact all ESU s and request them to make photometers available for calibration one month prior to the start of the intercalibration exercise ESUs are responsible for taking their photometers to the QA QC Unit by arrangement for this work to be carried out G 3 Routine Equipment Service and Maintenance Routine service and maintenance of the equipment at each site is carried out every six months in conjunction with the QA QC Unit intercalibration exercise The servicing usually begins in January and July each year and is completed in accordance to a site visit schedule determined by the QA QC and Management Units or Local Authority The ESUs must provide a timetable for the site service visits and this made available on the AURNHUB prior to each 6 monthly service exercise The service is carried out in three stages e pre service analyser tests and calibration e equipment servicing e post service analyser calibration and tests Details of these procedures are as follows G 3 1 Pre Service instrument checks and calibration Immediately before the analysers are switched off line for servicing a full site calibration is undertaken together with basic analyser performance tests See Table G 1 below The pre service calibration is required to ensure that the analysers are functioning correctly prior to the service and that up to date calibration factors for the instruments
133. ated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control left hand valve If a flow meter is fitted a further adjustment of the gas flow can be made In this case use the output needle valve to adjust the output flow to approximately 1 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred i e the SO concentration should not vary more Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 91 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 than 2 ppb in 10 minutes which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary screen Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each reading Remove the zero air canister from the inlet line or fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Depending on site co
134. ation procedures documented in this manual Ricardo AEA will undertake to train at least one LSO per site Each LSO trained by Ricardo AEA may subsequently train further local site operators under the following conditions The LSO conducting the training has had at least six months operational experience at the site and has either been originally trained or successfully audited by a QA QC auditor from Ricardo AEA An experienced LSO oversees the first one or two fortnightly calibrations conducted by the newly trained LSO After being trained the new LSO is audited by Ricardo AEA at the earliest possible opportunity for example during the 6 monthly intercalibration exercise or ad hoc site audit Ricardo AEA should be informed if training has taken place and the name of the newly trained LSO Formal retraining of LSOs will only be mandatory if all the original trained LSOs have left the organisation Ref Ricardo AEA VR ED57729 Issue 1 10 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 4 Quality Assurance Quality Control Objectives Good data quality and high data capture rates are essential if the monitoring carried out in Scotland is to achieve its objectives To ensure that data are sufficiently accurate reliable and comparable consistent data quality assurance control QA QC procedures are applied throughout the network Good QA QC practice covers all aspects of network operation including systems desi
135. atus of the indicator lights for each pollutant channel 3 Close the door on the logger module If any of the pollutant channels are switched to any state other than SAMPLE ie ZERO SPAN FILTER or SERVICE the management unit should be informed 14 3 8 Completion of Pre calibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform QA QC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed to the next section 14 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure View the Monitor Labs Procedures Video on YouTube Results of the calibration will be taken from the instrument s display for recording on the calibration record spreadsheets When closing the calibration gas cylinder valves care should be taken not to overtighten the valves on the gas regulator Overtightening can damage the needle valve mechanism resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should however be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder 14 4 1 Analyser Stability Criteria The ML98XX series analysers show both an instantaneous and an average concentration on the front panel display By examining both of these values the analyser stability can be assessed During calibration if both values are the same 2 ppb for NO NOx SO and O and 0 1 ppm for CO then the analyser can be considered to have stabilised Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 79 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring i
136. average based upon independent measurements of base and reference mass concentrations see numbered points 3 and 4 in the list below The analyser constantly samples ambient air using a switch valve to change the path of the main flow every six minutes The sampling process consists of alternate sample and reference filtered air streams passing through the exchangeable filter in the TEOM mass sensor Figure 19 1 gives a schematic of the process which is described below 1 The analyser draws air through the PM head in the same way as a basic TEOM and then splits the excess flow through the Auxiliary Mass Flow Controller 2 The main flow then passes through a new module a permeation dryer which removes water from the airstream The air then reaches a switching valve 3 For six minutes the air passes directly into the sensor unit where PM is collected on the filter and weighed This is identical to the method used in the TEOM 1400AB except that the air is dried and the FDMS operates at 30 C rather than 50 C The flow of air for this part of the cycle is marked in green in Figure 19 1 The average concentration over this 6 minutes is the base measurement of the 12 minute cycle 4 The switching valve then diverts the air through to a purge filter marked in blue in Figure 19 1 The main flow air passes through the drier as before but then passes into a cooled chamber which is held at 4 C The air then passes
137. ayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 13 3 5 Air Sampling Manifold where fitted Record the following checks on the precalibration checklist 1 Check that the sample manifold is intact and shows no sign of possible leakage 2 Check that the blower motor is operating by listening and feeling for vibration on the motor housing Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 67 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 Check that the instrument sample inlet tubes are connected to the manifold and the sample inlet port at the back of the instruments and that these connections are secure
138. cable regulations EC Labelling Symbol s R Phrase s S Phrase s Not classified as dangerous preparation substance None None None 16 OTHER INFORMATION Training advice Asphyxiant in high concentrations Keep container in a well ventilated place Do not breathe the gas The hazard of asphyxiation is often overlooked and must be stressed during operator training Receptacle under pressure Ensure all national local regulations are observed Air Liquide UK Ltd End of document In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Page 1 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 2 Date 16 3 2009 Supersedes 15 4 2008 lt 200 ppm sulphur dioxide in air 1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE PREPARATION AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING Trade name lt 200 ppm sulphur dioxide in air Company identification Air Liquide UK Ltd Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Emergency phone nr 01675 462695 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Substance Preparation Preparation Components This product is not hazardous but contains hazardous components Substance name Contents CAS No EC No Annex No Classification Sulphur dioxide lt 200 ppm 7446 09 5 231 195 2 016 01 1 00 9 T R23 C R34 Compressed air 132259 10 0 0 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Hazards identification
139. cale criteria relating to the surroundings of the monitoring site and the area of which it is representative and e micro scale criteria which relate to the positioning of the actual site and its inlet taking into account factors such as distance from the kerb and free flow of air to the inlet Sites within the AURN should meet these criteria set out in Annex Ill of the Air Quality Directive In accordance with Directive 2008 50 EC air quality need not be assessed at any locations situated within areas where members of the public do not have access and there is no fixed habitation This includes factory premises and industrial installations where health and safety at work regulations apply It also includes the carriageway and central reservations of roads except where there is normally pedestrian access to the central reservation One important siting criterion of the Air Quality Directive and therefore of AURN sites is that traffic urban monitoring sites must be at least 25m from any major road junction However for Local Authority sites being used for LAQM purposes only this is not a requirement 6 2 Site Location Criteria Non AURN sites For sites which are not part of the AURN sites should be selected according to the siting criteria set out in the Local Air Quality Management Technical Guidance LAQM TG 09 which can be found at http archive defra gov uk environment quality air airquality local guidance documents te
140. ciently robust to withstand deliberate criminal damage As an example a typical cabinet might be constructed of steel of 1 5 mm thickness to afford security with the outer surface coated with glass fibre reinforced plastic GRP In Scotland there are a number of smaller stand alone monitoring cabinets These compact monitoring cabinets CMC s are used at roadside locations where available space is an issue and usually only contain one or two analysers typically for NOx and PM Each housing is typically supplied with Internal electrical wiring and fittings Air conditioning Gas cylinder rack and GSM modem The following information refers primarily to AURN sites directly funded by Defra and the Devolved Administrations and housed in self standing cabins Some local authority owned affiliated sites and those housed in existing buildings may differ slightly in some aspects of the infrastructure 8 1 3 Electrical Systems A 240V 50Hz 60 Amp electrical supply is provided to the housing All internal electrical wiring and fittings conform to the Regulations for Electrical Installations IEE Wiring Regulations 17 Edition 2011 Separate electrical circuits are provided for Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 27 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Socket outlets Air conditioning unit Lighting and Spare Sufficient standard UK 13 amp power sockets are available for the equipment plus
141. creen 17 3 3 SO2 Analyser The APMA 370 S analyser has a full graphic LCD touch screen that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Touching the LCD touch screen will turn the screen back on 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient SO2 concentration the Mode field showing MEAS the correct time and date should be displayed on the top line of the display and the padlock symbol showing it as locked Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 The alarm indicator is a small LED light situated to the bottom left of the LCD display This should be showing green if everything is OK with the analyser If the LED is showing red then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred To view this fault select the alarm button on the touch screen display and note down the fault onto the calibration sheet To exit Alarm page select Close on the display 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular i
142. cts information No known ecological damage caused by this product Effect on ozone layer None 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS General Do not discharge into any place where its accumulation could be dangerous Contact supplier if guidance is required Disposal method Consult supplier for specific recommendations 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION UN No 3156 H I nr 25 ADR RID Proper shipping name COMPRESSED GAS OXIDIZING N O S Compressed air Air Liquide UK Ltd Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom In case of emergency 01675 462695 Page 3 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 1 Date 15 4 2008 Supersedes 0 0 0 0 to 1000 ppb nitrogen dioxide in air 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION continued ADR Class 2 ADR RID Classification code 10 Labelling ADR Label 2 2 Non flammable non toxic gas Label 5 1 Oxidizing substances Other transport information Avoid transport on vehicles where the load space is not separated from the driver s compartment Ensure vehicle driver is aware of the potential hazards of the load and knows what to do in the event of an accident or an emergency Before transporting product containers Ensure that containers are firmly secured Ensure cylinder valve is closed and not leaking Ensure valve outlet cap nut or plug where provided is correctly fitted Ensure valve protection device where provided is correctly fitted
143. d in section 16 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the postcalibration spreadsheet as follows e CO Analyser NOx Analyser SO Analyser Ozone Analyser Air Sampling Manifold not required if precalibration was OK Modem Data Logger where applicable Complete the final check section of the postcalibration check sheet Complete the calibration end time Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk 5 Check that the roof area and any fittings are secure If you have had to access the roof to clean the inlet of a particulate analyser see relevant instructions check that that there are no loose items left on the roof and then stow the ladder safely inside the hut 6 Where applicable check that all cylinders are firmly closed and the cylinder store locked Note if the cylinders are used for autocalibration purposes via solenoid control the cylinders must be left on 7 Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy 8 Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com
144. d is harder for the body to remove The range of health effects associated with PM is broad but is predominantly related to the respiratory and cardiovascular systems Susceptibility to the effects of PM may vary with health or age There is little evidence to suggest a threshold below which no adverse health effects would be anticipated 2 3 2 Oxides of Nitrogen Nitrogen can form several oxides but only two are of interest in the context of air pollution These are nitric oxide NO and nitrogen dioxide NO2 collectively referred to as NOx Nitrous oxide NO is implicated in climate change but does not appear to have significant health impacts at ambient concentrations and is not measured as an air pollutant by Scotland s air quality monitoring programme Combustion processes release a mixture of NO and NO formed by oxidation of nitrogen in the air itself as well as in the fuel NO2 is of concern because it is harmful to human health it is a respiratory irritant NO is not generally considered a pollutant at the concentrations found in ambient air however it is quickly oxidised to form more NO gt For the UK as a whole approximately one third of all NOx emissions in 2010 originate from motor vehicles with most of the remainder arising from power stations and other industrial sources Since power station and industrial emissions are usually from high chimneys away from city centres motor vehicles represent by far the largest
145. d with particular care Gently move the horizontal handle downwards to close the mass transducer allow the springs to pull it closed for the last centimetre Close the door of the TEOM sensor unit After 5 minutes open the sensor unit and mass transducer again and push down on the filter with the base of the exchange tool This is to ensure that no movement of the cartridge has occurred during heating of the transducer Close the door of the TEOM sensor unit Press lt F1 gt on the TEOM control unit The TEOM will move through its operational modes as internal parameters stabilise Check the noise value at the bottom of the display reads lt 0 1 after 10 minutes If this is not the case reseat the filter If this does not reduce the noise sufficiently return to step 1 and repeat the whole procedure If this is not successful inform the QA QC immediately Switch the TEOM out of service switch to off If no out of service switches are fitted the TEOM will return to service automatically on reaching mode 4 If this is not successful inform the QA QC immediately Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 121 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Filter Insertion Filter Removal Figure 18 3 TEOM Filter insertion and removal Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 122 ICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Figure 18 4 TEOM Filter Installation with Mass Transduc
146. dark so be careful to set it to a visible level or it may appear that the unit is not operating 20 2 4 Function Keys F1 to F6 The function keys serve as shortcuts to commonly used menu screens and can be safely pressed at almost any time without interrupting the sample cycle The F keys are only functional from the main menu screen or for entering passwords The factory default password is F1 F2 F3 F4 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 137 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual F1 Current This key is a shortcut to the OPERATE gt INST screen used to display the instantaneous data values that are being measured by the BAM 1020 The F1 key can be used without interrupting a sample cycle F2 Average This key is a shortcut to the OPERATE gt AVERAGE screen used to display the latest average of the data recorded by the BAM 1020 The F2 key can be used without interrupting a sample cycle F3 Error Recall This key allows the user to view the errors logged by the BAM 1020 The errors are sorted by date The last 12 days which contain error records are available and up to the last 100 errors can be viewed The F3 key can be used without interrupting a sample cycle F4 Data Recall This key allows the user to view the data stored in the BAM 1020 including concentrations flow and all six external channels The data is sorted by date and the user can scroll through the data hour by hour
147. de in Progress y n Select analysers on site NOx 03 co S02 Horiba 370 API Thermo i Series ML ME Analyser OK Analyser OK Analyser OK Analyser OK Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number LED green Sample LED on Cal LED on Actual time Actual Time Actual Time Fault LED off Time Time Time Actual Time Date Time Fault Present Fault Present Mode Range List Faults List Faults Stabil Alarm Present O3 Meas CO Range Instr Gain List alarms O3 Ref CO BKG Gas Flow O3 Gen CO Coeff Gas Pressure Signal NO O3 Drive Internal Temp Ref Voltage Signal NOx VAC Chamber Temp Conc Voltage Detector Sample Pressure Pressure Analog Supply Pump Sample Flow Sample Flow Digital Supply Ambient Sample Temp S R ratio Ground Offset Sample Photo Lamp Temp AGC Intensity High Voltage DC 24V IZS Temp Motor Speed Lamp Current DC 5V IZS Flow Version O3 Gen Temp Orifice Temp DCPS Slope Offset PM10 PM2 5 TEOM FDMS BAM Power on Power on Status light off Status light off Serial Number Serial Number Actual Time Current Status Code Time Current Operating Mode Filter Lifetime Used cycle mode Current RS232 Mode force maint Actual Time fault polarity Current time split deltatap Mass Conc reset polarity 30 Min MC mult 01 Hour MC offset 08 Hour MC flow 24 Hour MC ambp Total Mass tape p Case Temp rh Air Temp heater Cap Temp delta t Encl Temp s no Main Flow Aux Flow Ave Temp Ave Press Noise Frequency Pump
148. ded is correctly fitted Ensure there is adequate ventilation Compliance with applicable regulations 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION EC Labelling Not classified as dangerous preparation substance Symbol s None R Phrase s None S Phrase s None 16 OTHER INFORMATION Training advice Asphyxiant in high concentrations Keep container in a well ventilated place Do not breathe the gas The hazard of asphyxiation is often overlooked and must be stressed during operator training Receptacle under pressure Ensure all national local regulations are observed End of document Air Liquide UK Ltd In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom AIR LIQUIDE pane Hovi Page 1 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 1 Date 22 6 2009 Supersedes 0 0 0 0 to 200 ppm nitric oxide in nitrogen 1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE PREPARATION AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING Trade name Company identification Emergency phone nr 0 to 200 ppm nitric oxide in nitrogen Air Liquide UK Ltd Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom 01675 462695 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Substance Preparation Components Preparation This product is not hazardous but contains hazardous components 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Hazards identification In high concentrations may cause asphyxiation Compr
149. duct is hazardous 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Hazards identification 4 FIRST AID MEASURES Oxidant Strongly supports combustion May react violently with combustible materials Compressed gas Ingestion 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure Flammable class Specific hazards Hazardous combustion products Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Specific methods Special protective equipment for fire fighters Non flammable Supports combustion Exposure to fire may cause containers to rupture explode None All known extinguishants can be used If possible stop flow of product Move away from the container and cool with water from a protected position Do not enter fire area without proper protective equipment including respiratory protection 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Personal precautions Environmental precautions Clean up methods 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE Evacuate area Ensure adequate air ventilation Eliminate ignition sources Try to stop release Ventilate area Storage Handling Air Liquide UK Ltd Segregate from flammable gases and other flammable materials in store Keep container below 50 C in a well ventilated place Open valve slowly to avoid pressure shock Suck back of water into the container must be prevented Do not allow backfeed into the container In case of emergency
150. e Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve adjusting the flow through the excess flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute Verify that the readings do not fluctuate by more than 0 2ppm on the analyser front panel Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Check that the results from this calibration are consistent with those of the previous calibration The zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 0 5 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration lf in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results o
151. e been noted press the test button once more This will display the current time on the instrument display 11 3 4 Ozone Analyser The API 400 O analyser has a 2 line alphanumeric display and 3 status LED display lights on front panel The display is divided into 4 fields Mode Field Key Definition Message and Concentration 1 3 4 In normal operation the Mode field will show SAMPLE the SAMPLE LED illuminated and the CAL and FAULT LEDs off Check these and record on precalibration checklist If the red FAULT light is on a warning message has been generated and is still active due to some instrument operating parameter falling outside of the preset levels If the FAULT light is on two additional buttons will be identified in the Key Definition area of the display namely MSG message and CLR clear Press the message button and record the warning message given in the message area of the screen and press clear If the red FAULT light is off and a message display is visible a fault has occurred but has been automatically rectified Record the message and press clear A number of instrument internal operational parameters can be accessed by pressing the test left hand button to obtain each parameter in turn Press this and record the result displayed in the message area of the display against the appropriate parameter on precalibration checklist When all parameters on the precalibration checklist have been noted press
152. e regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QAQC should be informed Turning now to the NO in air calibration cylinder repeat steps 8 to 13 Record three sets of NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger and instrument display The readings should be taken as close as possible to each other but need not be in consecutive 10 sec periods if this is not possible Verify that the readings are reasonable the NO signal should be close to that obtained while performing the zero calibration with the NOx and NO signals showing approximately the same large deflection from this zero point Repeat step 13 By comparison with previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 50 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 18 19 more than 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also un
153. e Instrumentation e Routine and non routine site operational procedures e Routine and non routine Equipment Support Unit procedures e Site housekeeping e On site calibration procedures Part A of this manual provides general background information on the objectives structure and management of the network Part B covers routine and non routine site operations to be carried out by the Site Operator as well as a description of the procedures to be carried out by the Equipment Support Unit Please note that this manual is only part of the full quality system for the Scottish Air Quality Network It is not meant to constitute a full quality system for the network which requires full documentation and standardisation of the performance of the entire measurement chain It does not include Evaluation and selection of equipment and infrastructure Data handling systems Data scaling checking and review Long term data ratification Data dissemination techniques Data bulletins and reports Primary gas calibration procedures Site auditing Network intercalibrations Traceability chains for the network 1 2 Updating and Version Control From time to time quality assurance and quality control QA QC methodologies may need to be updated in response to changing circumstances or needs Therefore this manual is a working document intended to be updated when equipment or procedures change It has been written in a modular format so individual
154. e NOx NO and NO2 readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display The NO signal should be similar to the NOX signal showing a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained The NO signal should be close to zero Repeat steps 13 to 15 using the on site NO calibration cylinder The NO signal should be close to that obtained while performing the zero calibration The NOx and NO signals should show the same approximate large deflection Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from SPAN to MEAS This places the analyser into its ambient sampling mode causing the analyser to sample ambient air from the from the site sample manifold Press the function button under the EXIT command on the instrument display this EXITs from the CALIBRATION menu returning the instrument to the MAIN menu Press the function button under the EXIT command on the instrument display this EXITs from the MAIN menu returning the instrument to the concentration display An ALARM will be shown indicating that a calibration has been completed this should clear in 3 minutes Use the white cursor keys on the instrument front panel to position the flashing cursor over the MODE field on the instrument display Use the green INC or DEC buttons up and down arrows to toggle the MODE field from LOCAL to EXT Check that the analyser returns to nor
155. e analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 The alarm indicator is a small LED light situated to the bottom left of the LCD display This should be showing green if everything is OK with the analyser If the LED is showing red then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred To view this fault select the alarm button on the touch screen display and note down the fault onto the calibration sheet To exit Alarm page select Close on the display 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest To find these parameters you must first unlock the front screen by selecting the Padlock symbol situated top right of the LCD touch screen display 4 Next select key Unlock then insert the password of 1234 and select Set The padlock symbol will now appear open and a Spanner Icon will flash showing that the analyser is out of service The Alarm indicator will also turn red 5 To access Pre Calibration Parameters first select the Menu button then scroll using the cursor icon to the Maintenance page and select Analog Input 6 From here take down all appropriate parameters stated in the pre calibration sheet found within Analog Output 1 2 and Analog Output 2 2 Select Close until you return to the front s
156. e done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is the same for all analyser types except the particulate analyser Routine calibrations consist of a simple two point calibration More detailed instrument tests are undertaken by QA QC Unit personnel in combination with the 6 monthly instrument inter calibration and servicing exercises Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as it is found In this way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action Occasionally the QA QC may advise the LSO to carry out an instrument adjustment to optimise analyser sensitivity It
157. e electrical supply circuit is recommended on a five yearly basis and must be carried out at least once during the period of this contract and a suitable certificate issued and provided to the site owner All routine service visits are to be fully documented and completed in accordance with procedures described within the Site Operator s Manual issued by the QA QC Unit and the ESU Procedure Manual Documentation must describe in detail any necessary equipment adjustments modifications or repairs The relevant Pre and Post Calibration Checklists are to be completed and faxed or emailed to both the site owner and the QA QC Unit at the earliest opportunity and within 7 days at latest ESUs should use their own electronic spreadsheet or paper record systems but these are to be agreed with the QA QC units in advance Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Emergency Service and Maintenance In the event of equipment malfunction between routine service visits the appointed ESU will be required to carry out emergency repairs The emergency call out will be issued by the site owner During normal working hours Mon Fri 0830 1730 hrs emergency call outs will be notified by telephone and confirmed by fax or e mail It is a requirement that the ESU attends site and effects repairs within 48 hours after receiving notification from the site owner If the faulty equipment cannot be repai
158. e heard as the solenoid valve opens Fully open the cylinder main valve Slowly open the regulator output valve to allow gas to flow to the analyser Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from the left hand dial by turning the regulator pressure control right hand valve Regulate the flow using the regulator output such that the excess flow is around 100 hour Note the span value on the analyser front panel This should be within 10 of the value of the cylinder If not contact the QA QC Press measure to return to sampling ambient air When the measured values have returned to ambient levels switch the SERVICE switch to IN to allow data collection to resume Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 73 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 13 7 Post calibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network reports time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive analyser noise or cyclic response changes Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert the QA QC Unit as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at regula
159. e instructions carefully Ensure that the site toolkit if provided is complete If out of service switches are not fitted at the site the QA QC should be telephoned upon arrival This will allow them to ensure that calibration data is not disseminated as ambient data aA aai 13 3 Pre calibration Checks In this section a number of initial visible checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the precalibration sheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration 13 3 1 CO Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9830 CO analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current CO concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed diff
160. e public or LSO personnel being at risk 6 Check that the roof area and fittings are secure If you have had to access the roof to clean the inlet of a particulate analyser check that there are no loose items left on the roof and then stow the ladder safely inside the hut 7 Check that all cylinders except the autocal cylinders are firmly closed and all cylinders are secure Many sites with Thermo i series analysers use cylinders for autocalibration and these should be left switched on 8 Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy 9 Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 64 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 13 Monitor Labs 98 Series Equipment Site Operational Procedures 13 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs are done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection As well as the
161. e site for this purpose Depending on the number of analysers on site there may be some or all of the following cylinders 0 45ppm nitric oxide NO in nitrogen for urban monitoring stations or 0 2ppm nitric oxide NO in nitrogen for rural monitoring stations e 0 45ppm nitrogen dioxide NO2 in air for urban monitoring stations or 0 2ppm nitrogen dioxide NO3 in air for rural monitoring stations 0 45ppm sulphur dioxide SO2 in air for urban monitoring stations or 0 15ppm sulphur dioxide SO2 in air for rural monitoring stations and 20ppm carbon monoxide CO in air for urban monitoring stations CO is rarely monitored at rural stations Zero air cylinders If there is a CO analyser there also will be a 40ppm approx CO cylinder for the daily auto calibration system The calibration cylinders and their regulators listed above are supplied by the gas standards supplier The gas standards supplier will supply the largest practicable cylinder size for each site this will usually be L40 size i e 40 litre volume or L50 if suitable However some sites where space is limited will supplied with L10 size cylinders For safety all cylinders must be supported securely during storage and use and the cylinder storage area should be correctly labelled with the appropriate warning labels The provision of safe cylinder storage facilities is the responsibility of the CMCU in the case of AURN sites and of the Local Authority
162. e the PM head and in the case of PM 5 analysers the sharp cut cyclone as appropriate 9 2 Transfer Standard Calibration Systems As the fortnightly or four weekly manual zero and span calibrations are used to scale the raw data into meaningful units it is important that the calibration gases used are both stable Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 34 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual and traceable to primary standards The standard gas mixtures used are sometimes referred to as on site transfer standards The following calibration gases are used e Nitrogen oxides Nitric oxide NO in nitrogen e Sulphur dioxide Sulphur dioxide SOz in air e Carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide CO in air A second span check is undertaken on the nitrogen oxides analyser using a nitrogen dioxide NO2 in air mixture The gas standards supplier is responsible for supply and calibration of the standard gas mixtures These standards are maintained and used the LSO as specified in this manual At every calibration visit the LSO performs a two point calibration This involves determining the response of the analyser to the following 1 A sample of air from which the pollutant to be determined has been removed zero response 2 A sample of air in which the pollutant to be measured is present at an accurately known concentration span response Data scaling factors are determined from these response
163. e the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press the ENTER button which located in the centre of the arrow keys To return to the primary screen press the HOME button 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Using the arrow keys move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press ENTER Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press HOME 15 3 4 Ozone Analyser The Casella Monitor model CM2010 O analyser has a TFT colour display which in normal operation shows the current O concentration a time series graph displaying the previous 10 minutes of concentration data the operation mode of t
164. ealth and Safety coordinator of any new or site specific risks e Follow advice from the QA QC and the Ricardo AEA Project Health and Safety Coordinator e Ensure contact details for your organisation are up to date and sent to the Network Managers e Other responsibilities as specifically identified in the LSO s contract e Comply with health and safety laws and regulations see http www hse gov uk 10 2 Risk Assessments Each monitoring station should have an up to date risk assessment that covers in detail all health and safety risks associated with the site This risk assessment should be reviewed and updated at least annually Risk assessments should include but are not necessarily limited to the following Fire hazards Lone working Driving and travel Slips trips and falls Manual handling Use of electrical tools and equipment Use of gas cylinders Substances hazardous to health COSHH Site specific risks animals water machinery personal safety etc Weather Risk assessments are specific not only to the monitoring site but also to each organisation dependent on the organisation s equipment staff internal health and safety procedures and responsibilities for work at the site Therefore each organisation should have a risk assessment for every site that they attend or manage It is a good idea to use a standard monitoring site risk assessment as a starting point but the risks at each site will be different a
165. ecord three consecutive CO readings from the data logger and or instrument display If fitted turn the CO inlet selection valve from CO WEEKLY ZERO SPAN to CO AMBIENT In the following order fully close the CO calibration gas control valve in hut the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QAQC should be informed By comparison with previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 0 25 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QAQC Change the CO sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 11 5 Switch the CO out of service control to off by pressing Exit The sample light will begin to flash until the end of the current 15 minute mean Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 49 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 11 4 3 NOx Analyser The two po
166. ectrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to a deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk Check that the roof area and fittings are secure that there are no loose items left on the roof and stow any site ladder safely inside the monitoring station Check that all cylinders except the CO autocal cylinder are firmly closed and all cylinders are secure Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com These e mail addresses are provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 83 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 15 CM20XX Casella Monitor Equipment Site Operational Procedures 15 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs are done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks
167. ed by ESUs are as follows i Routine equipment service 6 monthly ii Non routine maintenance and breakdown repairs emergency call out Each of these tasks is described in more detail in the following sections ESUs are also expected to attend the annual LSO meeting organised by the CMCU G 2 General Considerations for ESU Site Visits The following considerations must be adhered to at all sites during both routine ESU service and emergency call out visits 1 On arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the analyser front panels to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels are above or close to the trigger values set out in Section 9 5 In the event of a pollution episode taking place contact the Management Unit before proceeding 2 While analysers are being serviced or under test of any kind activate the logger status switches or out of service switches to ensure that the analyser response outputs are not treated as ambient data Reset the switches at the end of the visit If no such mechanism for flagging data as invalid exists then the Management Unit Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual should be contacted and instructed to stop dissemination of the data until such time as the tests service are complete Before each six month service exercise the ESU should make arrangements with the QA QC unit to have their photometer s calibr
168. eee 157 24 3 Calibration Drift sesira NEEE EEEE AER 158 24 4 High Noise or Erratic Response cceeececeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeneeseeeeeeeeees 160 24 5 Site Gas Cylinders 2 2 sec eeeeceeeseceeseceeeseeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeaeaeseaesesneaesnsneesnanenenanes 161 PAG Spuno s Data keino E E 162 24 7 Auto Calibration RUM OMNS ccccsccececseeceeeseneeeeeeeneeaeeeescaeeeeeeseeeeessenaeeeseeaas 165 RETETE NCE San ree one Taa ee eee a aeaaea 167 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 iv RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendices Appendix A Example of Service Contract Specification Appendix B Safety Data Sheets for Gases Appendix C Glossary of Abbreviations and Conversion Factors Appendix D Calibration Sheet Appendix E Equipment Support Unit Procedures Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Part A General Background Information Part A comprises sections 1 10 of this manual These contain general information which is relevant to all Site Operators This includes background information on air quality monitoring in Scotland the roles and responsibilities of the various contractors principles of operation of the monitoring equipment and the general principles of calibration However the details of the procedures Site Operators need to carry out at each routine site visit vary depending
169. embly with a pencil so that the unit can be correctly aligned on reassembly Unscrew the four Philips screws from the top plate and remove the top plate and four spacers Clean the top plate deflector cone insect screen internal walls and the underside plate Inspect the large diameter o ring for wear and replace if necessary Wipe any grease off with a tissue and apply a thin coating of fresh silicon grease to the o ring and the aluminium threads Carefully reassemble using the pencil marks to align the top and bottom plates 19 2 6 Cleaning the Collector Assembly 1 2 Clean the walls the three vent tubes and the base of the assembly with a lint free cloth soaked in Decon 90 Rinse with distilled water Use cotton buds and Decon 90 to clean the three vent tubes base of the assembly and weep hole in the collector plate where the moisture runs out to the moisture trap Rinse with distilled water Disconnect rain jar assembly from lower collector plate assembly Clean inside brass tube with cotton buds and Decon 90 Rinse with distilled water Remove the rain jar and clean For units with a cork sealing ring inside the cap of the jar put a thin coating of silicon grease on the gasket and install the jar If the sealing gasket is neoprene no silicon grease is required Reconnect rain jar assembly to lower collector assembly Ensure rain jar is sitting vertically Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 130 RICARDO AEA Air Qualit
170. en the analyser has fallen to ambient levels Access the Service Mode as described in section 12 2 Preparation and switch service mode off The spanner should disappear from the bar on the screen 12 4 4 Ozone Analyser There is no longer a requirement to perform the two point calibration of the ozone analyser during each site visit The analyser performs an internal zero span daily and this is adequate for data ratification purposes 12 4 5 Where a web logger is installed The two point calibration of the Thermo analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 61 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 Switch analyser out of service control to on This allows calibration data to be flagged Methodologies for flagging calibration data vary between systems in case of difficulty consult your QA QC If necessary locate the inlet line to the analyser and disconnect it from the manifold Locate the Web logger and hold the lt Zero gt button until the red light illuminates Note only one button can be switched on at any one time Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes On Ww 7 Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data lo
171. ence Sulphur Dioxide Analyser Ambient air is exposed to UV light which excites SO molecules in the sample to higher but unstable excited states These excited states decay giving rise to the emission of secondary fluorescent radiation The fluorescent radiation is detected by a photomultiplier tube causing an output voltage proportional to SO concentration A permeable membrane kicker is used to remove interfering hydrocarbons before reaction These ultra violet fluorescence UVF analysers use a filtered UV source and PMT detection system The main components of the analyser are shown in Figure 7 3 A UV detector is used to monitor the source radiation and compensate for fluctuations in UV energy Ambient air is drawn through the system via a pump unit The analysers continually display current SO concentrations and depending on the make and model of analyser other parameters can be selected as necessary Either external gas cylinders or an internal permeation oven and zero air scrubber are used to provide daily automatic check calibrations Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 21 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Key Sample Sampling inlet filter Selective traps for interfering agents Optical filter Reaction chamber UV lamp Optical trap Optical outlet filter Modulator 10 Photomultiplier tube 11 Compensation pressure flowrate 12 Synchronous electronic amplification 13 Pump
172. ended particulate matter PM Particulate matter is subdivided into two size fractions PM and PM 5s Information on the sources and effects of these pollutants is provided below 2 3 1 Particulate Matter Particulate matter PM is a complex mixture of organic and inorganic substances Particles can be primary emitted directly to the atmosphere or secondary formed by the chemical reaction of other pollutants in the air such as SO or NO3 Particles may arise from a wide variety of sources man made or natural The main source of particles is combustion e g vehicles and power stations Other man made sources include quarrying and mining activities industrial processes dust from construction work and particles from tyre and brake wear Natural sources include wind blown dust sea salt pollens fungal spores and soil particles Particles found in ambient air range in size from a few nanometres nm or 10 m to several hundred micrometres um or 10 m in diameter Particle size is usually expressed in terms of its aerodynamic diameter Two size fractions are measured PM o and PM 5 PMi is the mass concentration expressed in yg m of PM that has a mean aerodynamic diameter of 10 um These particles are small enough to penetrate deep into the airways carrying surface absorbed harmful compounds into the lungs and increasing the risk of health effects PM2 is of particular concern as it can penetrate deeper into the lungs than PM an
173. ent performance characteristics For instance excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air The operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the postcalibration check spreadsheet must be completed as follows 1 All checks detailed in section 17 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the postcalibration check spreadsheet as follows e CO Analyser e NOx Analyser e SO O2 Analyser e Air Sampling Manifold not required if precalibration was OK e Modem e Data Logger where applicable 2 Complete the final check section of the postcalibration check sheet Ensure that the Analyser is back in Mode MEAS on the front screen 3 Put the analyser back into service if not done so already by selecting the Padlock icon in the top right of the touch screen select Key Lock then Close This will bring you back to the front screen 4 Complete the calibration end time 5 Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of va
174. ent sample line to the analyser Turn Calibration valve to Ambient 20 Switch the NOx analyser back into service by exiting the service mode when the analyser has fallen to ambient levels Access the Service Mode as described in section 12 2 Preparation and switch service mode off The spanner should disappear from the bar on the screen 12 4 3 SO2 Analyser The two point calibration of the Sulphur Dioxide analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet 2 Press the out of service switch to allow calibration data to be flagged Methodologies for flagging calibration data vary between systems in case of difficulty consult your QANQC 3 If necessary locate the inlet line to the SO analyser and disconnect it from the manifold 4 This step is different depending on whether the zero air at the site is provided by a scrubber or from a Zero air cylinder At scrubber equipped sites connect the zero air canister to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air through the zero air canister The zero air scrubber to be used is the one containing the pink Purafil and the black charcoal The Purafil end should be open to the environment the charcoal end connected to the instrument At cylinder equipped sites set the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 60 RICARDO AEA A
175. ents Air conditioning units Service and maintenance of these units is carried out according tothe manufacturer s recommendations either by the ESU or other contracted service engineer Ozone analysers must be set up with a slope of 1 00 and offset of 0 following calibration Should this not result in accurate readings this must be investigated before leaving site G 3 3 Post Service Calibration and Analyser Performance Tests The process of servicing the instruments and associated equipment will usually change the response of the instrument from that obtained prior to service For this reason the instruments must be correctly configured and recalibrated before ambient sampling commences After service calibration and performance tests are therefore carried out to ensure that the equipment servicing has been successful and that the analysers are correctly set up for the next six months of operation Post service procedures are given in Table G 3 below Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Table G 3 Post service Procedures Leak tests After service the analyser s sampling and associated pneumatic systems are tested to ensure that no leaks are present Analyser After a suitable stabilisation time usually 24 hours the NOx reconfiguration SO and CO analysers are reconfigured to show agreement with the gas calibration cylinders The ozone analyser is adjusted to
176. er by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the Q QC Change the CO sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 16 5 The analyser will now be back in service 16 4 2 NOx Analyser The two point calibration of the oxides of nitrogen analyser is carried out as follows 1 2 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration spreadsheet The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when a calibration is activated This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations If the display is blank press any key to activate it Use the white cursor keys on the instrument front panel to position the flashing cursor over the MODE field on the instrument display Use the green INC increment and DEC decrement buttons up and down arrows to toggle the MODE field from EXT to LOCAL Press the Function key under the MENU command on the instrument display this displays the instruments MAIN menu Ensure that CALIBRATION is highlighted use the DEC and INC buttons to toggle through the menu options if it isn t Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 101 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Press the function button
177. er from the tapered element with a straight pull DO NOT TWIST OR PULL SIDEWAYS Check with Management Unit whether the filter cartridge is to be sent off for analysis If so place in storage otherwise discard the exposed cartridge and wipe clean the exchange tool with a tissue There are two storage locations in the transducer unit that hold fresh filter cartridges Use the exchange tool to remove one of these DO NOT TOUCH THE FILTER SURFACE WITH YOUR FINGERS Hold the new filter in line with the tapered element and lightly insert the hub of the filter onto the tip of the tapered element Apply a downward pressure to set the filter firmly in place and then carefully retract the exchange tool Problems with excessive response noise may be experienced if the filter is not seated correctly and firmly on the tip of the tapered element The filter should therefore be positioned with particular care Using the exchange tool take a new filter cartridge from the box and place it in the empty storage location in the transducer unit Return the mass transducer to the closed position and reseat the clip to secure it in position Close the door of the TEOM sensor unit After 5 minutes open the sensor unit and mass transducer again and push down on the filter with the base of the exchange tool This is to ensure that no movement of the cartridge has occurred during heating of the transducer Close the door of the TEOM sensor unit Ref Ricardo AEA R
178. er in open position 18 5 Final Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the AURN reports time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive analyser noise or cyclic response changes Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert the QA QC Unit as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at regular scheduled intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air Obviously the level to which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator but the operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the post calibration check shee
179. er system is in calibration mode This enables any gas mixture caused by installing the regulator to be vented out Check cal system tubing Cal system may require stainless steel tubing instead of PTFE Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 161 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 24 6 Spurious Data Possible cause Check Action High concentration spikes seen at unusual Interference problem O ensure 1 micron sample filters are used in times e g high ozone during the night the sample filter holder SO check performance of the hydrocarbon kicker Irregular auto calibration span Check timing of autocalibrations High concentrations during high temperature High temperatures causing elevated baseline Check instrument is not over heating Check periods response air conditioning unit and vents Spurious high PMio concentrations often These may be genuine episodes due to Compare data with other nearby monitoring followed by periods of low negative response bonfire night celebrations or other phenomena sites data available on the Web such as dust storms Negative NO data recorded during episode Instrument response may be too slow for Check instrument set up is appropriate for the periods usually only seen at roadside sites rapidly fluctuating concentrations site environment Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 162 RICARDO AEA Hold 61 05 2010 to 31 12 2010 Air Quality
180. erate at a flow rate of 16 7 min 7 3 5 4 Gravimetric Sampler This type of sampler involves the collection of particulate matter onto a filter which is conditioned and weighed before and after sampling and the deposited mass of PM determined Unlike the above types of particulate monitor the gravimetric sampler is not truly an automatic analyser because the filters require weighing before and after exposure The Partisol 2025 currently used in the AURN has been designed to meet regulatory monitoring requirements for PM o PM 5 and other particulate fractions in the US Europe and other countries Filters are exposed for 24 hours midnight GMT to midnight GMT thus providing daily average concentration data An active volumetric flow control system maintains a constant volume flow rate at a level specified by the user 16 7 min incorporating a mass flow controller and ambient temperature and pressure sensors This flow rate provides the requisite 1m hr volumetric flow for the sample head to maintain its size fraction separation The sampler uses standard 47 mm filters A filter storage and exchange system enables the instrument to collect daily samples for a period of up to 16 days before operator intervention is required The temperature of the collection filter is maintained to within 5 C of the outdoor ambient temperature Filters are conditioned in a temperature and humidity controlled environment for 48 hours before being wei
181. ers by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analyser s internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 13 3 2 NOx Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9841A NOx analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current NO concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA Q
182. essed gas 4 FIRST AID MEASURES First aid measures Inhalation Ingestion 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES In high concentrations may cause asphyxiation Symptoms may include loss of mobility consciousness Victim may not be aware of asphyxiation Remove victim to uncontaminated area wearing self contained breathing apparatus Keep victim warm and rested Call a doctor Apply artificial respiration if breathing stopped Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure Flammable class Specific hazards Hazardous combustion products Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Specific methods Special protective equipment for fire fighters Non flammable Exposure to fire may cause containers to rupture explode None All known extinguishants can be used If possible stop flow of product Move away from the container and cool with water from a protected position In confined space use self contained breathing apparatus 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Personal precautions Environmental precautions Clean up methods Air Liquide UK Ltd Evacuate area Ensure adequate air ventilation Wear self contained breathing apparatus when entering area unless atmosphere is proved to be safe Try to stop release Ventilate area In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Page 2 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 1 Aan
183. ever be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder 12 4 1 CO Analyser The two point calibration of the carbon monoxide analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet 2 Switch CO out of service control to on This allows calibration data to be flagged Methodologies for flagging calibration data vary between systems in case of difficulty consult your QA QC 3 If necessary locate the inlet line to the CO analyser and disconnect it from the manifold 4 This step is different depending on whether the zero air at the site is provided by a scrubber or from a zero air cylinder At scrubber equipped sites connect the zero air canister to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air through the zero air canister The zero air scrubber to be used is the one containing the orange silica gel and the black hopcalite The silica gel end should be open to the environment the hopcalite end connected to the instrument At cylinder equipped sites set the calibration valve to Zero and turn on the zero air gas cylinder Ensure there is sufficient gas flow to the analyser where possible 5 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes 6 Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site con
184. f necessary using the tap on the output of the zero air generator Where a Zero air cylinder is used ensure there is sufficient pressure or flow as appropriate Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger and or instrument display i e after 3 ten second updates on the data logger display Switch off the zero air generator and disconnect it from the zero air port Replace the cap on the zero air inlet and tighten until finger tight Then with a spanner tighten further by one quarter turn Open CO in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not attempt to use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QAQC Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning regulator primary right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve fully By gradually turning the CO calibration gas control valve inside the hut adjust the flow through the flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to 1 litre per minute R
185. f this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the CO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 13 5 of this section Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Switch the CO SERVICE control to IN when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration 13 4 3 NOx Analyser A two point calibration of the NOx analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 2 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet Switch the NOx SERVICE control to OUT This allows calibration data to be flagged The SERVICE switch is mounted on the secondary panel behind the instrument front panel To access this panel grasp the front top corners of the front panel and pull forward The panel will pop loose and pivot forward Locate the inlet line to the NOx analyser and disconnect it from the manifold Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 69 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 4 Connect the zero air to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air from the zero air cylinder 5 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes 6 Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each
186. faults g Replacement or reseating of TEOM and FDMS filters Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 154 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 24 Troubleshooting This section provides examples of common problems and faults that may arise during the routine operation or calibration of the automatic analysers In some cases the faults are easy to correct but sometimes a call out visit from the Equipment Support Unit may be required If a fault is identified QA QC should be informed immediately and they will advise whether or not the corrective measure needs to be performed by experienced service engineers No instrument adjustments should be performed by the LSO unless acting on the advice of the QAN QC This section first gives basic on site test procedures then covers the following topics in more detail Sampling Faults Calibration Drift High Noise or Erratic Response Site cylinder gas Spurious Data Figure 24 1 and Figure 24 2 examples of internal sampling Figure 24 3 and Figure 24 4 examples of erratic data after poor filter change Auto calibration Run ons Figure 24 5 Auto Calibration Run on for a NOx Instrument 24 1 On site Test Procedures 24 1 1 Loss of mains or telephone connection 1 Verify that mains power is being supplied to all site circuits i e lighting air conditioning and instrument circuits 2 Verify that the telephone connection to the data logger modem line is work
187. figuration allow 10 seconds between each reading T Remove the zero air canister from the inlet line or turn off the cylinder 8 If necessary connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the carbon monoxide CO in air calibration gas cylinder Cylinder equipped sites Set the calibration valve to Span 9 Open the CO in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately 10 Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve adjusting the flow through the excess flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 58 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 11 Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute 12 Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show
188. functions Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 136 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 28 2007 BAM 1020 16 08 29 LAST CONCENTRATION 0 028 mg m3 CURRENT FLOW 16 7 LPM 3236 02 3 2 4 Figure 20 1 Main Menu and Keyboard lay out 20 2 1 Soft Keys Directly beneath the display are four white buttons called soft keys or hot keys These are dynamic keys whose function changes in response to a menu option displayed directly above each key on the bottom row of the display Whatever menu option is displayed above one of these keys is the function which that key will perform in that particular menu These are used throughout the entire menu system for a wide variety of functions For example changes updates made within a menu are usually not saved unless a SAVE soft key is pressed EXIT is also another common soft key function 20 2 2 Arrow Cursor Keys The four red arrow keys are used to scroll up down left and right to navigate in the menu system and to select items or change fields on the screen The arrow keys are also often used to change parameters or increment decrement values in the menu system 20 2 3 Contrast Key The key with a circular symbol on it is for adjusting the light dark contrast on the LCD display Press and hold the key until the desired contrast is achieved It is possible to over adjust the contrast and make the entire display completely blank or completely
189. ges are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press the ENTER button which located in the centre of the arrow keys To return to the primary screen press the HOME button 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Using the arrow keys move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press ENTER Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press HOME 15 3 2 NOx Analyser The Casella Measurement model 2041 NOx analyser has a TFT colour display which in normal operation shows the current NOx NO and NO concentrations a time series graph displaying the previous 10 minutes of NO concentration data the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen Ref Ricardo AEA R ED
190. gger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings 8 Repeat process if readings did not stabilise 9 Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light illuminates if an auto calibration cylinder is being used to calibrate the analyser If a cylinder is being manually connected to be used for the calibration press and hold lt SERVICE gt button until red light illuminates 10 Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately 11 Check flow of site cylinder regulator secondary pressure should read approximately 15 psi To adjust flow slowly turn pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their setting while lt SPAN gt button is illuminated if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed 12 Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample Note the button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes 13 Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obta
191. ghed both pre and post exposure 7 4 Data handling logging and retrieval 7 4 1 Data Logging Two methods of data logging are used Either the analysers themselves contain data logging capabilities or standalone loggers which may be PCs are used to scan the outputs of the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 25 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual analysers and record data Both systems can be interrogated by remote data collection systems The logger scans the analyser output approximately every 10 seconds and stores them as 15 minute averages in the logger memory The data logger is programmed to trigger the daily analyser autocalibrations using control signals which drive relays to initiate zero and span measurement cycles Status inputs to the logger from analysers are used to monitor instrumental performance and detect error conditions The logger or analyser is connected through an RS232 serial interface to either e an autodial auto answer modem operating at a data transmission rate of up to 9600 baud or e anIP capable modem for direct access via a web browser The datalogger is connected to Ricardo AEA s central computer which automatically collects the logged data This may be done via a landline connection GPRS mobile phone connection or wireless broadband or a combination of these In the case of AURN sites the data are collected by the CMCU 7 4 2 Data Retrieval Ricardo AEA
192. gn and site selection equipment evaluation site operation maintenance and calibration data review and ratification The successful implementation of each component of the QA QC scheme is essential for the success of the programme The fundamental aims of a quality assurance control programme are as follows i The data obtained from measurement systems should be representative of ambient concentrations existing in each urban and rural area ii Measurements must be accurate precise and traceable iii Data must be comparable and reproducible Results from this geographically extended network must be internally consistent and comparable with international and other accepted standards iv Results must be consistent over time and v In order for seasonally or annually averaged measurements to be meaningful an appropriate level of data capture is required throughout the year The National Measurement System NMS exists to provide a formal infrastructure for all measurements in the United Kingdom At its core are primary standards held by the National Physical Laboratory together with appropriate absolute or traceable metrology standards maintained at other designated laboratories Essential requirements for conformity with the NMS are as follows e Measurement methods used must be of known performance and defined scope of application e All calibrations must be traceable through an unbroken chain to international standards
193. gt wo 12 3 Precalibration Checks In this section a number of initial visual checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a value to be recorded in the precalibration spreadsheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration In case of difficulty operating the logger contact your QA QC who will be able to offer assistance 12 3 1 CO Analyser The Thermo Electron model 48i CO analyser has a LCD display which in all operating modes shows the current CO concentration 1 Check the display and record the current CO concentration in the precalibration checklist and check the analyser is in service mode see Section 12 2 Preparation 2 Record any fault warnings unusual display status 3 Access the analysers alarm status from the primary screen by using the Alarm and arrow keys Note any alarms displayed To return to the primary screen press gt 4 Access the instrument operating parameters by pressing the DIAGS key scroll down using the arrow and enter keys to access and record all of the required temperature pressure and flow parameters in the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press gt 12 3 2 NOx Analyser The Thermo Electron model 42i Nitrogen Oxides analyser has a LCD display which in all operational modes shows the current NO NO and NOx
194. he AURN Hub G 5 Emergency Call out Visits In the event of equipment breakdown or site problem the ESU is required to carry out an emergency repair or call out visit Emergency call outs are initiated by the management units or local authority responsible for the site The ESU is normally only called out to a site following an initial investigation by the local site operator If the problem cannot be resolved by the site operator then the ESU will be contacted In general the ESU will be requested to attend the site in circumstances in which e Instrument malfunction affects data quality or loss of data e There is electronic or pneumatic instability of an instrument e Auto calibration checks are outside of acceptable tolerances as determined by the Management Unit e Instruments are not operating within the manufacturer s specifications e Manual calibration checks are outside acceptable tolerance limits as determined by the Management Unit e Malfunctions are occurring with the sample manifold data logging telemetry or gas calibration systems The ESU is usually required to attend site and effect repairs within 48 hours of being notified by telephone or e mail Call out arrangements may however vary slightly depending on the agreement between the organisations involved In many cases the requirement for weekend cover by the ESU is not requested It is important however that ESUs have adequate manpower and equipment spares pr
195. he analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 86 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual option and then press the ENTER button which located in the centre of the arrow keys To return to the primary screen press the HOME button 3 Access the analyser s internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Using the arrow keys move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press ENTER Note the values of the parameters on the precalibration checkl
196. he inlet tube so that rain snow or dirt cannot enter at any time whilst the head is removed and take the head inside the monitoring station Separate the upper and lower inlet halves by unscrewing counter clockwise the acceleration assembly from the collector assembly see Figure 18 2 18 4 3 Cleaning the Acceleration Assembly 1 2 3 Mark the upper and lower plates of the assembly with a pencil so that the unit can be correctly aligned on reassembly Unscrew the four Philips screws from the top plate and remove the top plate and four spacers Clean the top plate deflector cone insect screen internal walls and the underside plate Inspect the large diameter o ring for wear and replace if necessary Wipe any grease off with a tissue and apply a thin coating of fresh silicon grease to the o ring and the aluminium threads Careful reassemble using the pencil marks to align the top and bottom plates 18 4 4 Cleaning the Collector Assembly 1 2 Clean the walls the three vent tubes and the base of the assembly with a lint free cloth soaked in Decon 90 Rinse with distilled water Use cotton buds and Decon 90 to clean the three vent tubes base of the assembly and weep hole in the collector plate where the moisture runs out to the moisture trap Rinse with distilled water Disconnect rain jar assembly from lower collector plate assembly Clean inside brass tube with cotton buds and Decon 90 Rinse with distilled water
197. hecklist 6 Press to scroll through all information lines and record the information 7 Press to return to the top of the information lines 8 Carry out a visual check that the PMio head is intact 18 3 1 Modem where fitted Check that the lights on the modem are lit the 25 way connector is secure and the phone line is plugged into the BT socket Record on the pre calibration checklist It is likely that the communications for the TEOM are incorporated into that for the other site analysers 18 3 2 Completion of Precalibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform QA QC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed to next section 18 4 TEOM Particulate Monitor View the TEOM LSO Calibration Procedures Video on YouTube The TEOM particulate monitor filter cartridge must be changed every 2 or 4 weeks as advised by your QA QC or when the percentage of filter lifetime used as shown on the top line of the instrument display is 80 or greater It is recommended that the TEOM filter cartridge box is stored in the sensor unit of the TEOM analyser so they are pre conditioned before they are changed with existing filters Whenever the filter cartridge is changed the PMio head must be cleaned as detailed below The analyser requires at least one hour to stabilise after filter cartridge changing Therefore if the site also contains gaseous pollutant analysers it is recommended that the PMi head sh
198. her by one quarter turn Open NO in nitrogen cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not attempt to use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QAQC Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning regulator primary right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve fully By gradually turning the NO calibration gas control valve inside the hut adjust the flow through the flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to 1 litre per minute Verify that stabilisation has taken place by checking the Stab value is less than 1ppb Record three sets of NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger and instrument display The readings should be taken as close as possible to each other but need not be in consecutive 10 sec periods if this is not possible The NO signal should be similar to the NOx signal and show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained The NO signal should be close to zero In the following order fully close the NO calibration gas control valve in hut th
199. hnsdb files UK 20Air 20Quality 20 Monitoring 20Net works 20Guidance 20Issue 206 20060612 pdf Accessed 28 Jun 2012 Council Directive on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe 2008 50 EC Available at http eur lex europa eu LexUriServ LexUriServ do uri CELEX 32008L0050 EN NOT Accessed 31 May 2012 Automatic Urban amp Rural Network Assessment of Site Classifications online AEA report AEAT ENV R 2858 Issue 2 Oct 2010 Available at http uk air defra gov uk reports cat13 1011121246 Site Classifications Report v2 pdf Accessed 31 May 2012 CEN EN 14211 2005 Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of nitrogen dioxide and nitrogen monoxide by Chemiluminescence 2005 CEN EN 14212 2005 Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of sulphur dioxide by UV fluorescence 2005 CEN EN 14625 2005 Ambient air quality standard method for the measurement of the concentration of ozone by ultraviolet photometry 2005 CEN EN 14626 2005 Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of carbon monoxide by non dispersive infra red spectroscopy 2005 CEN EN 12341 1999 Air quality Determination of the PM o fraction of suspended particulate matter Reference method and field test procedure to demonstrate reference equivalence of measurement methods 1999 CEN EN 14907 2005 Ambie
200. ic procedures for instrument calibration are detailed in the relevant sections of Part B 9 4 Use of Calibration Data over Extended Time Periods Many air pollution analysers undergo some form of drift in sensitivity over time This may be due to ageing of components such as photo multiplier tubes degradation of catalytic scrubbers e g ozone scrubbers or drifts in electronic components It would be possible to routinely adjust instrument sensitivities to align the instrument with the on site transfer standard For the following reasons however such routine adjustments are not done in the AURN and therefore not in the Scottish monitoring network 1 As all instruments in the network are to be checked on a fortnightly or monthly basis any drifts will be easily quantified by consideration of the calibration history of the instruments lt is most important therefore that this calibration history is not destroyed 2 The transfer standards themselves may drift from their original value If this happened and both the analyser and on site standard were drifting it would be impossible having altered the analyser response to produce a final validated data set Drifts in the on site standard will be quantified by QA QC Unit intercalibration techniques at six monthly intervals 3 Routine instrument adjustments may lead to unreliable data being produced as the instrument stabilises Stabilisation periods may take many hours from the time of
201. ically 15 minutes so allowing the production of provisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours Ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after a further 24 hours The QA QC will advise on this The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits The sequence in which zero and span calibrations are performed is not critical However apart from this it is essential that the procedures are followed exactly as written for both routine and non routine site visits 15 2 Preparation 1 Upon arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser and the chart trace if available to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 84 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 9 5 of the main document O gt 70 ppb NO gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm lf an episode is occurring phone the QA QC before proceeding any further 2 Take a new set of check and calibration sheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully Ensure that the site toolkit if provided is complete If out of service switches are not fitted at the site the QA QC sh
202. ically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive noise or cyclic response changes etc Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert network managers as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at fortnightly intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air Obviously the level to which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator but the operator Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 105 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the postcalibration check sheet must be completed as follows 1 All checks detaile
203. if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QA QC Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from ZERO to SPAN This places the analyser into a span calibration causing the analyser to sample from the site NOx calibration cylinder Allow the analyser to stabilise on span gas for a period of not less than 10 minutes If Ensure that the reading on the front panel of the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutive SO2 readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from SPAN to MEAS This places the analyser into its ambient sampling mode causing the analyser to sample ambient air from the from the site sample manifold Press the function button under the EXIT command on the instrument display this EXITs from the CALIBRATION menu returning the instrument to the MAIN menu Press the function button under the EXIT command on the instrument display this EXITs from the MAIN menu returning the instrument to the concentration display An ALARM will be shown indicating that a calibration has been completed this should clear in 3 minutes Use the white cursor keys on the instrument front panel to position the flashing cursor over the MODE field on the instrument display Use the green INC
204. ignal from the analyser sampling ambient air Application of calibration data in this way assumes that the instrument response is linear over the whole concentration voltage range in use The linearity of the instrument is checked at six monthly intervals by Ricardo AEA The data scaling procedures detailed above are used for pollutants for which reliable transfer standards exist In the case of ozone however the UV measurement technique is inherently more stable than the production of ozone concentrations in the ambient range The fortnightly calibration of ozone analysers is therefore not used to produce data scaling factors Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 37 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Ambient NO NOx NO data is scaled from the calibration of the NO and NOx channels of the NOx analyser using the NO in nitrogen transfer standard This will directly output NO and NOx concentrations with the NO concentration being given by NO ppb NOx ppb NO ppb An NO in air calibration mixture will however be used as a cross check on the NOx channel calibration and to ensure that the catalytic converter in the instrument efficiently reduces NO2 to NO Conversion of concentrations to units of ug m or mg m at the stated temperature and pressure of 20 C and 101 3 kPa may subsequently be undertaken Details of the relevant conversion factors are given in Appendix D Exact instrument specif
205. ilable autocalibration and instrument status data If suspect data is identified from a particular monitoring site the QA QC will first carry out a series of checks remotely If these checks indicate a possible instrument or infrastructural malfunction the Local Site Operator will be asked to visit the site and investigate the problem By considering ambient and autocalibration data the QA QC will often be able to diagnose the problem remotely The LSO will then be told what further manual tests if any to carry out on site It is not possible to anticipate all potential problems but basic guidelines for fault diagnosis are given in the Troubleshooting section Having carried out the tests requested the LSO should convey their results to the QA QC and await further instructions The LSO may then be asked to perform basic remedial actions to rectify any faults for example ensuring electrical supplies to the instruments Local site operators are not expected to carry out repairs requiring detailed knowledge of the instrument s operation These more serious problems will be referred to the ESU If there is an FDMS instrument at the site the LSO may be asked to perform tasks such as reseating the filters to reduce signal noise changing the filters or checking the pump vacuum this is not always possible remotely When the LSO has carried out any tests or basic repairs it is their responsibility to fully document these ac
206. in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Switch the CO SERVICE control to OUT This allows calibration data to be flagged The SERVICE switch is mounted on the secondary panel behind the instrument front panel To access this panel grasp the front top corners of the front panel and pull forward The panel will pop loose and pivot forward Locate the inlet line to the CO analyser and disconnect it from the manifold Connect the zero air line so that the analyser is now sampling air from the zero air cylinder Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each reading Remove the zero air from the inlet line Connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the carbon monoxide CO calibration gas cylinder Open the CO calibration gas cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from the tag on the cylinder and enter these on the calibration spreadsheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QA QC Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valv
207. ined 14 By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 15 Change the analyser s sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 12 5 16 The lt SPAN gt light should now be off If not allow 2 3 minutes for it to turn off automatically If using the lt SERVICE gt button Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light switches off 17 All three red lights should be turned off 18 Switch the analyser back into service by exiting the service mode when the analyser has fallen to ambient levels Access the Service Mode as described in section 12 2 Preparation and switch service mode off The spanner should disappear from the bar on the screen 19 Hold down the lt Service gt button until red light illuminates 12 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the front panel of the instrument rack will be changed on a monthly or fortnightly roadside sites only basis at all sites If a filter appears unusually dirty please inform the QA QC Detailed instructions for sample in
208. ined in the instrument until about 0200 The ambient measurements between 0130 and 0200 are therefore invalid and must be removed during data ratification If this correction is required throughout a year one hour out of twenty four will be lost which is 4 of the annual data capture This can be a serious source of data loss when the target data capture is 90 ESUs should ensure solenoid valves are cleaned and free from leaks during the service to minimise this effect Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 165 RICARDO AEA Nitrogen Dioxide Diurnal Means Nitrogen Dioxide ppb 0 Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Figure 24 5 Auto Calibration Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 TTTTTITTTTTITT TTT TTT TTT TTI TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT Titre r tir r tr it iii 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 GMT Hourly 15 Min 166 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 25 10 11 References QA QC Procedures for the UK Automatic Urban and Rural Air Quality Monitoring Network AURN online AEA Report no AEAT ENV R 2837 Sep 2009 Available at http uk air defra gov uk reports cat13 0910081142 AURN QA QC Manual Sep 09 FINAL pdf Accessed 19 Apr 2012 UK Air Quality Monitoring Networks Health and Safety Guidance online AEA Report no AEAT ENV R 3304 Nov 2011 Available at http aurnhub defra gov uk
209. ing Initiate two way test of line i e make an outgoing call and receive an incoming call 3 In the case of mains failure having occurred the complete site operation should be thoroughly checked subsequent to reconnection Many electronic units are susceptible to losing their program after mains failure 24 1 2 Analyser malfunction 1 Is the analyser receiving mains power Check for blown fuses in the electricity supply unit the instrument plug and the current protect fuse on the instrument itself 2 Verify that the analyser is properly connected to the data logger where fitted and or the modem Check all communications leads are firmly attached at each end 3 Is the instrument sampling ambient air Check that a the manifold system is functioning and is not blocked in any way b the instrument is connected solely to the manifold and is not sampling from autocalibration units or indoor air c the instrument pump is functioning d there are no obvious restrictions to air flow through the instrument ensuring the instrument flow rates fall within manufacturer guidelines e sample inlet filter holders are closed tightly and not leaking 4 Having verified that the instrument samples ambient air the introduction of span gas through the ambient inlet should produce a detectable response from the system Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 155 5 6 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual
210. ing the current ambient O3 concentration the Mode field will show MEAS and the correct time and date should be displayed on the top line of the display and the padlock symbol showing it as locked Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 The alarm indicator is a small LED light situated to the bottom left of the LCD display This should be showing green if everything is OK with the analyser If the LED is showing red then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred To view this fault select the alarm button on the touch screen display and note down the fault onto the calibration sheet To exit Alarm page select Close on the display 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest To find these parameters you must first unlock the front screen by selecting the Padlock symbol situated top right of the LCD touch screen display 4 Next select key Unlock then insert the password of 1234 and select Set The padlock symbol will now appear open and a spanner icon will flash showing that the analyser is out of service The Alarm indicator will also turn red 5 To access Pre Calibration Parameters first select the Menu button then scroll using the cursor icon to the Maintenance page and select
211. int calibration of the nitrogen oxides analyser is carried out as follows 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Record the instrument number and instrument running range on the calibration record sheet Switch NOx out of service by pressing the Cal button on the front panel once only This allows calibration data to be flagged Do not press Cal Z or Cal S e Cal light should now turn on and Sample light switch off Uncap NOx zero air inlet situated on the front of the instrument rack or where a zero air cylinder is supplied connect the tubing and turn the cylinder on Connect the zero air generator to the zero air inlet of the nitrogen oxides analyser Plug in or switch on zero air generator Check that flow indicator shows a flow of 1 9 0 1 litres per minute Adjust if necessary using the tap on the output of the zero air generator Where a zero air cylinder is used ensure there is sufficient pressure or flow as appropriate Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes The Stab value should be less than 1ppb Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger and or instrument display i e after 3 ten second updates on the data logger display Switch off the zero air generator cylinder and disconnect it from the zero air port Replace the cap on the zero air inlet and tighten until finger tight Then with a spanner tighten furt
212. intercalibration and servicing exercise Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as found In this way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action There may be a mixture of different makes of analyser on site and reference to other sections of the LSO Manual may be necessary The instructions for any particle analyser TEOM FDMS Partisol or BAM will also be found elsewhere Acting only on advice from the QAQC or ESU instrument adjustments may be performed to optimise analyser sensitivity If such adjustments are found to be necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period typically 15 minutes so allowing the production of provisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours and hence ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after say a further 24 hours The QAQC will advise on this It is not anticipated that instrument adjustments of this sort will occur frequently The following sections of manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits It is essential that the procedures are followed as written for routine and non routine site visits to ensure that reliable and accurate air quality measurements are made However the sequence in which zero
213. ions you can use the value you recorded during the analysers precalibration checks as a rough indication of ambient values bearing in mind that at strongly traffic related sites these concentrations may vary over fairly short timescales 12 By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 0 25 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 111 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 13 Change the CO sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 17 5 17 4 2 NOx Analyser The two point calibration of the oxides of nitrogen analyser will be carried out as follows 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when the analyser is unlocked This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations On the LCD touch screen display select CAL then MEAS then ZERO Select SET to initiate the zeroing of the analyser Note the concentrations down after 6 minutes or after the re
214. ipment 370 Series Site Operational Procedures cccesesseeees 107 TAL MEO HOM oy cssecanieipusectiheaannl codunibtodneenledstaearksapeseluaceueduaivecedauscntaeatonel ecient 107 17 2 RED Ar AUON ica assdscacicsatnesaiaassnae taassnsamiiaasbenissae bensaqsasveianetuolsnid A E 107 17 3 Pre calibration Checks ccccccceceeeseceeeeceneeeeeseneeeeeeecaaeeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeseenaeeeenss 108 17 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee scence eeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeneneeeeas 111 17 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters 0 0 0 0 cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 113 17 6 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection ceeeeeeeeeeees 114 R amp P TEOM 1400 Site Operational Procedures cccssseeeeessseeeseeeesseeeeeeseeenees 116 16 4 WAWOCUCHOM siissccisetrcssncissnecinstsauinsiarstusaseasieaiscersuaesedstadinsiartsieampacniainsinanitestinieds 116 18 2 Preparati sirisser ianen aieiaa aeeai arion naiiai 116 18 3 Initial Checks for the TEOM issiscssiccsstatecdesisescnesiPacuecattadudiunjensstkiacsuaestvanisvednedaa 116 18 4 TEOM Particulate MOmitor ccccccsscceecsseeeeceseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeesesseaeeeeeenaeeeenes 118 18 5 Final Checks Safety and Security Inspection ssssssssessneessnnesnnerrnserrssreesrn 123 TEOM FDMS Analysers Site Operational Procedures cccssseeeesseeneeeeeeeeees 125 19 1 WAMGOCUNC HOM cene E a EaR 125 19 2 Operation
215. ir Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 11 12 13 19 14 15 calibration valve to Zero and turn on the zero air gas cylinder Ensure there is sufficient gas flow to the analyser where possible Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each reading Remove the zero air canister from the inlet line Connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the sulphur dioxide SO2 in air calibration gas cylinder Turn the calibration valve to Span Open the SO in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve adjusting the flow through the excess flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter rem
216. ir setting while lt SPAN gt button is illuminated if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed 12 Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample Note the button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Verify that stabilisation has taken place by checking the Stab value is less than 1ppb 13 Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obtained 14 By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should D AROQ ON Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 104 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 15 Change the analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 11 5 16 The lt SPAN gt light should now be off If not allow 2 3 minutes for it to turn off automatically If using the lt SERVICE gt button Press and hold lt SPAN gt button u
217. isposed of as hazardous waste The dust from silica gel is hazardous There should normally be no need to handle silica gel However if any silica gel is spilt for example if a zero air scrubber is broken do not attempt to deal with it but contact the ESU Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 43 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Part B Site Operational Procedures The following sections 11 24 contain the details of the procedures LSOs will need to carry out at each routine site visit These procedures are different for different types of monitoring instrumentation You will need to follow the procedures applicable to the type of instrument at the site s you look after At many sites all the gaseous pollutant analysers will be of the same make However this is not always the case so you may need to refer to more than one section within Part B Each type of particulate analyser TEOM FDMS and BAM has been given a separate section here If your site contains a particulate analyser as well as analysers for gaseous pollutants please refer to the relevant particulate analyser section as well The instrument specific sections are followed by information on the following The Calibration Sheet which is used for all types of instrument Site Audits and Intercalibrations Non routine Site Visits Troubleshooting Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 44 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monit
218. ist To return to the primary screen press HOME 15 3 5 Modem where fitted Check that the lights on the modem are lit the 25 way connector is secure and the phone line is plugged into the BT socket Record on the precalibration checklist 15 3 6 Data Logger where fitted Perform the following logger checks and record the results on the precalibration check list The logger clock is displayed on the screen This clock is automatically updated to agree with the network central computer clock each time data is collected from the site by telemetry Check that the date and time displayed are correct to within 5 minutes of the current time GMT Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time Note that the network operates on GMT throughout the year and the clocks are not adjusted for BST 15 3 7 Zero Air Generation If the zero air is produced using a scrubber check the condition of the scrubber materials in the canisters two of which are self indicating silica gel turns from orange to clear and purafil from purple to brown as it becomes exhausted 1 Check that at least 25 of the silica gel is still orange If less than 25 of the silica gel is orange note on the calibration record sheet and contact the QA QC but continue with calibration Do not change the silica gel yourself as it can give off a harmful dust 2 Check that at least 25 of the purafil is still purple If less than 2
219. itoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 7 Monitoring Instrumentation 7 1 Selection of Monitoring Equipment The selection of appropriate instruments is essential to the success of any monitoring network in achieving its stated objectives The monitoring objectives require precise time resolved measurements necessitating the use of automatic analysers The selection of instruments for the AURN and therefore for the monitoring sites used in Scotland was based on specific and proven analytical techniques for the pollutants measured Table 7 1 Table 7 1 Operating Principles of Automatic Analysers Pollutant Measured UV Absorption NON UV Fluorescence Operating Principle IR Absorption FDMS Flow Dynamic Measurement System PMio PMb 5 BAM Beta Attenuation Monitor Gravimetric Sampler These techniques represent the current state of the art for automated monitoring networks and with the exception of the automatic PM PM 5 analysers are the Reference methods of measurement defined in the EU Directives 7 1 1 CEN The EU requirements for achieving appropriate data quality are stated by the European Committee for Standardisation CEN Comit Europ en de Normalisation These standards give the detailed performance specifications for reference monitoring methods and include methodologies for sampling calibration and on going QA QC The instrument performance specifications are incorporated into the Environment Agenc
220. ks or tape damage Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 141 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Figure 20 4 A cotton tipped applicator and isopropyl alcohol are used to clean the BAM 1020 nozzle and vane left panel A view of the nozzle sampled filter tape and filter tape support vane are shown in the right panel 20 10 Clean Sharp Cut Cyclone SCC PM only The Sharp Cut Cyclone SCC Figure 20 5 is an essential component of the inlet system It needs to be diligently maintained or it will corrode Disassemble and clean the SCC following these steps Remove the SC from its installed position in the instrument Pull off the side transfer tube If it is too tight to remove by hand pry it off with a rigid plastic lever Care should be taken to not damage the two O ring seals Unscrew the top cap and the grit pot Use alcohol wipes or if unavailable a dampened cloth to remove all visible deposits These deposits are most likely to be found at the bottom of the cone located beneath the grit pot and inside the grit pot Inspect all O rings for shape and integrity If at all suspect replace Lubricate all O rings with light grease It is important to well lubricate the transfer tube to avoid difficult disassembly Clean hands with alcohol wipe or similar media Assemble in reverse order and reinstall Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 142 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotl
221. lay Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from SPAN to MEAS This places the analyser into its ambient sampling mode causing the analyser to sample ambient air from the from the site sample manifold Press the function button under the EXIT command on the instrument display this EXITs from the CALIBRATION menu returning the instrument to the MAIN menu Press the function button under the EXIT command on the instrument display this EXITs from the MAIN menu returning the instrument to the concentration display An ALARM will be shown indicating that a calibration has been completed this should clear in 3 minutes Use the white cursor keys on the instrument front panel to position the flashing cursor over the MODE field on the instrument display Use the green INC or DEC buttons up and down arrows to toggle the MODE field from LOCAL to EXT Check that the analyser returns to normal ambient concentrations you can use the value you recorded during the analysers pre calibration checks as a rough indication of ambient values bearing in mind that at strongly traffic related sites these concentrations may vary over fairly short timescales By considering previous calibration results obtained from the calibration just performed satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 0 25 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not diff
222. le and non volatile components of PM the FDMS uses a switching valve to switch between a base measurement and reference measurement every six minutes During the base measurement the FDMS samples as a normal TEOM through the sensor unit filter and weighs the PM During the reference measurement the FDMS diverts the flow through a purge filter in order to remove all PM from the airstream and the filter is weighed again The total PM measured during the 12 minute cycle is Mass Concentration Base Concentration Reference Concentration During the reference measurement any volatiles collected on the sensor unit filter may evaporate giving a negative mass concentration This concentration is subtracted from the base measurement concentration to give the total PM present The mass concentration base mass concentration reference mass concentration oscillation frequency filter loading flow rates temperature and other diagnostic information can be displayed on the controller s LCD screen In addition mass concentrations filter loading and Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 24 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual other diagnostics are output to the data logger as analogue voltages or through the RS232 interface The mass concentrations are given at ambient temperature and pressure The Local Site Operator is not required to calibrate the FDMS but must change the tape
223. led checks on analyser performance and calibration prior to the sites being serviced by the ESU As noted above the QA QC Unit will also use their visit to audit site records and LSO procedures It is not the purpose of this manual to describe fully operations to be undertaken at these intercalibration visits but the sections below indicate the scope and range of the functions to be performed During the intercalibration exercise these will include 1 Full network intercomparison covering all pollutants and analyser types 2 Production of ozone data scaling factors by performing reference ozone photometer intercalibrations at all sites 3 Verification of site transfer gas standard integrity 4 Calibration of the particulate analyser electronic flow measurement and mass measurement systems 5 Analyser operational performance tests On completion of the intercalibration site visit the QA QC Unit will report any problems identified e g failed NOx converter immediately to the LSO this is now usually done by e mail Full details and results of the intercalibrations are reported in conjunction with the data ratification reports Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 152 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 23 Non routine Site Visits Data from the Scottish Network is inspected daily by the QA QC Full consideration will be given to ambient pollution levels being measured and the range of ava
224. let filter changing q1 Unscrew the orange locking ring on filter holder 2 Lift top cover of filter holder off bottom section Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 62 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 Inspect filter for signs of excessive soiling and inspect O ring if fitted Inspect the perimeter of the filter holder for signs of wear and the effectiveness of the filter holder Clip 4 Take clean filter from box using the tweezers supplied and insert into base of filter holder 5 Replace top of filter holder and secure with orange locking ring 6 Check that Teflon lines to filter holder are well secured 12 6 Changing the daily CO cylinder The CO analyser uses a second cylinder to perform daily checks on the performance of the instrument The LSO will need to replace this cylinder periodically 1 If not already fitted connect the regulator to the cylinder using the spanner provided Ensure that the regulator is tightly fitted to the cylinder The CO regulator has a left hand thread 2 The regulator must be purged To do this briefly open the main cylinder valve and close it again Open the regulator output valve The sound of escaping gas should be heard and the cylinder pressure gauge should fall rapidly If it does not fall check that the main cylinder valve is fully turned off When the gas present in the regulator has fully vented the regulator should be closed once more This
225. lica gel end should be open to the environment the hopcalite end connected to the instrument OR e If a zero air cylinder is used then open the cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact CMCU immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control left hand valve If a flow meter is fitted a further adjustment of the gas flow can be made In this case use the output needle valve to adjust the output flow to approximately 1 0 1 litres per minute 4 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred i e the CO concentration should not vary more than 0 2 ppm in 10 minutes which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary screen 5 Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each reading 6 Remove the zero air canister from the inlet line or fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no i
226. linder regulator secondary pressure should read approximately 15 psi To adjust flow slowly turn pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their setting while lt SPAN gt button is illuminated if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample Note the button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Verify that stabilisation has taken place by checking the Stab value is less than 1ppb Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obtained By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 13 5 The lt SPAN gt light should now be off If not allow 2 3 minutes for it to turn off
227. ls during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section 9 5 of the main document O gt 70 ppb NO gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm If an episode is occurring phone the CMCU before proceeding further Usually the QA QC will advise delaying the calibration until the episode is over Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 107 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 Take a new set of check and calibration spreadsheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time This can be done directly into the spreadsheet on a laptop or written onto a paper printout of the spreadsheet and entered electronically back at your office 3 Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully 4 Ensure that the site toolkit is complete 17 3 Pre calibration Checks In this section a number of initial visual checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the pre calibration spreadsheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration 17 3 1 CO Analyser The APMA 370 CO analyser has a full graphic LCD touch screen that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In additi
228. ly The PM inlet Figure 19 3 needs to be cleaned each time the TEOM FDMS filters are changed to ensure optimal performance The cleaning materials required are a small brush lint free tissues cotton buds Decon 90 1 in H20 silicon grease and distilled water All components are to be cleaned by soaking Decon 90 on lint free tissues or cotton buds The component should then be rinsed with distilled water to remove any Decon 90 and wiped dry with a lint free tissue 19 2 4 Removing the PM1o Head 1 Switch the TEOM FDMS out of service switch to ON For sites without out of service switches press the lt Data Stop gt button on the instrument front panel This will flag any subsequent data as invalid 2 Carefully lift the complete PM head assembly from the TEOM inlet tube 3 Protect the inlet tube so that rain snow or dirt cannot enter at any time whilst the head is removed and take the head inside the monitoring cabinet Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 129 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual A Top Plate with Deflector Cone 8 Cap 2 Spacer 9 Cap Seal 3 Protector Screen 10 Rain Jar 4 Lower Plate with Rain Deflector Ii O Ring 5 Acceleration Assembly 12 O Ring mpactor Nozzle 6 Collector Assembly 13 Socket Plug T Fitting Figure 19 3 PM inlet assembly 19 2 5 Cleaning the Acceleration Assembly 1 2 3 Mark the upper and lower plates of the ass
229. ly Check cylinder pressure empty Unstable calibration Verify stability of calibration source source NO cylinders are recalibration of cylinder required often subject to changes in concentration Unusually slow response time to span gas Sample capillary or Check sample flow rate and vacuum A high vacuum solenoid blocked indicates a blockage Auto calibration span low or falling day by NO SO permeation tube Check for IZS fault on front panel day or autocal cylinder empty Check concentration of autocal cylinder and if autocal cylinder Check for IZS fault on is turner on front panel Zero baseline stepping Automatic zero adjustment Check that the analyser s automatic zero adjustment function causing step changes in is deactivated the zero baseline at uncontrolled times Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 159 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 24 4 High Noise or Erratic Response L 0 sors T Check Action High noise response seen as rapid fluctuations Analyser range incorrectly set Check that the analyser operating range has in the mV response not been changed Sample pump not operating smoothly Check sample flow and listen to pump for any indication of irregular pumping action TEOM FDMS high noise or response cycling Filter seated incorrectly Re seat filter on tapered element and Change See Figure 24 3 and Figure 24 4 Wrong type of Filter used FDMS filter at same time following
230. m the instrument display i e after 3 ten second updates on the data logger display Switch off the zero air generator cylinder and disconnect it from the zero air port Replace the cap on the zero air inlet and tighten until finger tight Then with a spanner tighten further by one quarter turn Open SO in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not attempt to use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QAQC Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning regulator primary right hand value Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve fully By gradually turning the SO calibration gas control valve inside the hut adjust the flow through the flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to 1 litre per minute Verify that stabilisation has taken place by checking the Stab value is less than 1ppb Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger and or instrument display The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained In the following order full
231. mal ambient concentrations you can use the value you recorded during the analysers precalibration checks as a rough indication of ambient values bearing in mind that at strongly traffic related sites these concentrations may vary over fairly short timescales By considering previous calibration results obtained from the calibration just performed satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 4ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the NOx sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 16 5 The analyser will now be back in service Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 102 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 16 4 3 SO2 Analyser The two point calibration of a sulphur dioxide analyser is carried out as follows 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Record the instrument serial number and instrument running range on the calibration record sheet The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when a calibration is activated This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations If the display is blank press any key to
232. means of access to and egress from it that are safe and wthout risks e Provide and maintain a working environment for his employees that is so far as is reasonably practicable safe wthout risks to health and adequate as regards facilities and arrangements for their welfare at work For further information on site safety please contact the relevant Management Unit Ricardo AEA and the CMCU in the case of AURN sites Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 40 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 1 Health and Safety Responsibilities of Local Site Operators The specific Health and Safety responsibilities of LSOs are as follows e Review risks and prepare a risk assessment for work carried out at each site including transport to and from the site and the movement of gas cylinders into the site Risk assessments should be reviewed and updated at least annually e Ensure actions are taken to mitigate the risks resulting from the risk assessment e g purchase of safety equipment display of H amp S information at site staff training and communication e Use the health and safety database to check safety status of the site before each visit e Carry out a take two risk assessment on arrival at the site A take two risk assessment is a short and simple visual check of the key risks to review whether it is safe to carry out work e Notify the QA QC Unit and the Ricardo AEA Project H
233. n 3 Check that all connections are secure and tight 11 3 8 Changing the Silica Gel It is no longer necessary for the LSO to change the silica gel This is carried out by either the QA QC unit or the ESU 11 3 9 Completion of Precalibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform QAQC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed to the next section 11 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure View the API Calibration Procedures Video on YouTube Results of the calibration will be taken from both the data logger display if present and the instrument s display and recorded on the calibration record sheets When closing the gas cylinder valves care should be taken not to overtighten the valves on the gas regulator Overtightening can damage the needle valve mechanism resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should however be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder In order to have a full and complete set of instructions for each analyser instructions for opening gas cylinder valves are contained within the calibration procedure for each analyser However when all analysers are being calibrated it will be advantageous for all cylinders to be opened at the same time after ensuring that the needle valves in the cabinet are closed All cylinders can then be closed at the same time at the end of the calibration session 11 4 1 Analyser Stability Criteria
234. n Scotland Site Operators Manual 14 4 2 CO Analyser The following two point calibration of the carbon monoxide analyser is to be undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record spreadsheet 2 Open the door on the front of the ENVIDAS logger module and press the relevant button to set the CO analyser to ZERO This sets the solenoid valves to introduce zero gas to the analyser whilst also flagging the data as calibration data and not to be used 3 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for at least 10 minutes 4 Record three consecutive CO readings from the instrument display allowing 10 seconds between each reading 5 On the front of the ENVIDAS logger module press the relevant button to set the CO analyser to SPAN This sets the solenoid valves to introduce span gas to the analyser whilst also flagging the data as calibration data and not to be used 6 Read the cylinder pressure of the CO in air calibration cylinder from the right hand dial and cylinder number from the label on the cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi approx 20 bar In this event contact QA QC immediately 7 Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes When stabilised the co
235. n no 2 Date 16 3 2009 Supersedes 15 4 2008 lt 200 ppm sulphur dioxide in air 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES continued Clean up methods Ventilate area 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE Storage Handling Keep container below 50 C in a well ventilated place Open valve slowly to avoid pressure shock Suck back of water into the container must be prevented Do not allow backfeed into the container Use only properly specified equipment which is suitable for this product its supply pressure and temperature Contact your gas supplier if in doubt Refer to supplier s container handling instructions 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION Personal protection Occupational Exposure Limits Ensure adequate ventilation Sulphur dioxide TLV TWA ppm 2 Sulphur dioxide TLV STEL ppm 5 Sulphur dioxide OEL UK LTEL ppm 1 Sulphur dioxide OEL UK STEL ppm 1 Sulphur dioxide VLE France ppm 5 Sulphur dioxide VME France ppm 2 Sulphur dioxide MAK Germany ppm 0 5 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Physical state at 20 C Colour Odour Relative density gas air 1 Solubility in water mg l 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Compressed gas Colourless Negligible Lighter or similar to air No reliable data available Stability and reactivity 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Stable under normal conditions Toxici
236. n the analysers internal logging system Exact procedures are dependent on the type of logger present contact your QA QC for specific instructions Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 99 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 16 3 8 Completion of Pre calibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform the QA QC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed to the next section 16 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure View the Horiba Analyser Calibration Video on YouTube Results of the calibration will be taken from both the data logger display if present and the instrument s display and recorded on the calibration spreadsheets When closing the gas cylinder valves take care not to overtighten the valves on the gas regulator overtightening can damage the needle valve mechanism resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should however be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder Where autocalibration systems use solenoid valve switching of the site cylinders as opposed to permeation devices the cylinders should be left on after calibration In order to have a full and complete set of instructions for each analyser instructions for opening gas cylinder valves are contained within the calibration procedure for each analyser However when all analysers are being calibrated in practice it will be better to open all cylinders
237. ncentration displayed on the analyser front panel should not vary by more than 0 2ppm 8 Record three consecutive CO readings from the instrument display The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained 9 Check that the results from this calibration are consistent with those of the previous calibration The zero value should not differ by more than 0 5 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 10 Change the CO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 14 5 of this section 11 On the front of the ENVIDAS logger module press the relevant button to set the CO analyser to SAMPLE when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration 14 4 3 NOx Analyser The following two point calibration of the NOx analyser is to be undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet 2 Open the door on the front of the ENVIDAS logger module and press the relevant button to set the NOx analyser to ZERO This sets the solenoid valves to introduce zero gas to the analyser whilst also flagging the data a
238. nd fittings are secure f you have had to access the roof to clean the inlet of a particulate analyser check that there are no loose items left on the roof and then stow the ladder safely inside the hut Check that all cylinders except the CO autocal cylinder are firmly closed and the cylinder store locked Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at agadmin ricardo aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 54 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 Thermo Fisher Series Equipment Site Operational Procedures 12 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs are done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in
239. nd therefore it is necessary to consider each site separately and generate a risk assessment for each site individually Further information and an example risk assessment which can be used as a template is given in the UK Air Quality Monitoring Networks Health and Safety Guidance Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 41 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 3 Electrical Safety The electrical supply to the monitoring station and all fixed circuits must be fully tested at least every five years Testing of portable electrical appliances PAT testing must be carried out annually At Local Authority sites the individual site owners are responsible for making suitable arrangements for safe operation of electrical equipment and to comply with the law These test are usually carried out by the Equipment Support Unit Electrical safety inspections of all monitoring equipment are undertaken on a regular basis during site servicing At AURN sites owned and fully funded by Defra and the Devolved Administrations it is the responsibility of the CMCU to arrange both fixed circuit testing and annual PAT testing Where Local Authority owned equipment is installed at an otherwise Defra DA s funded site it is the owner s responsibility to arrange electrical testing of the equipment not covered by Defra funding 10 4 Safety With Compressed Gas Cylinders 10 4 1 Safe Storage of Gas Cylinders All cylinders
240. ndalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk 6 Check that the roof area and any fittings are secure that there are no loose items left on the roof and then stow the ladder safely inside the hut 7 Where applicable check that all cylinders are firmly closed and the cylinder store locked Note if the cylinders are used for autocalibration purposes via solenoid control the cylinders must be left on 8 Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy 9 Upon completion of the calibration and on returning to your office e mail the Local Site Operator LSO Calibration Sheet to the QA QC Unit at aqadmin ricardo Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 114 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual aea com This e mail address is provided on the calibration sheet which will be updated if they change Keep a copy so that there is a backup calibration history of all the instruments Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 115 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 18 R amp P TEOM 1400 Site Operational Procedures 18 1 Introduction This document describes LSO procedures for the TEOM analyser The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Netw
241. nfiguration it might be necessary to connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the sulphur dioxide SO2 in air calibration gas cylinder If not necessary continue to next step Open the S in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control left hand valve If a flow meter is fitted a further adjustment of the gas flow can be made In this case use the output needle valve to adjust the output flow to approximately 1 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time if a flow meter is present Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute Verify that stabilisation has taken place i e the SO concentration should not vary more than 4 ppb in 10 minutes which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary sc
242. ng network is 90 This is as specified in the EU Air Quality Directive Again although not all sites in Scotland are used for monitoring compliance with the Air Quality Directive those sites that are also 1 The percentages for uncertainty in the above table are given for individual measurements averaged over the period considered by the limit value or target value in the case of ozone For a 95 confidence interval The uncertainty for the fixed measurements shall be interpreted as being applicable in the region of the appropriate limit value or target value in the case of ozone Ref Ricardo AEA VR ED57729 Issue 1 13 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual part of the AURN are used for this purpose and all sites in Scotland are operated to the same data capture and data quality criteria Data loss in any network can result from a number of factors The most important in practice are as follows Analyser breakdown Site servicing Site relocation up grading Failure or leak of gas sampling system Data acquisition system failure Power cut or other site disruption Telephone line breakdown Operator error Vandalism Air conditioning faults Data rejection after failing QA QC criteria Automatic analysers carry out a daily automatic calibration If properly designed and configured these automatic calibrations should not result in loss of hourly average data In well run networks the major failu
243. ngress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the CMCU should be informed 7 Depending on site configuration it might be necessary to connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 88 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 carbon monoxide CO in air calibration gas cylinder lf not necessary continue to next step Open the CO in air cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control left hand valve If a flow meter is fitted a further adjustment of the gas flow can be made In this case use the output needle valve to adjust the output flow to approximately 1 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 min
244. nown toxicological effects from this product 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecological effects information No known ecological damage caused by this product Effect on ozone layer None 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS General Do not discharge into any place where its accumulation could be dangerous Contact supplier if guidance is required Disposal method Consult supplier for specific recommendations Air Liquide UK Ltd In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Page 3 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 2 Date 16 3 2009 Supersedes 15 4 2008 lt 200 ppm carbon monoxide in air 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION UN No 1956 H I nr 20 ADR RID Proper shipping name COMPRESSED GAS N O S Compressed air Carbon monoxide ADR Class 2 ADR RID Classification code 1A Labelling ADR Label 2 2 Non flammable non toxic gas Other transport information Avoid transport on vehicles where the load space is not separated from the driver s compartment Ensure vehicle driver is aware of the potential hazards of the load and knows what to do in the event of an accident or an emergency Before transporting product containers Ensure that containers are firmly secured Ensure cylinder valve is closed and not leaking Ensure valve outlet cap nut or plug where provided is correctly fitted Ensure valve protection device where provi
245. nt adjustments may be performed to optimise analyser sensitivity If such adjustments are found to be necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period typically 15 minutes so allowing the production of provisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours and hence ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after a further 24 hours The QA QC will advise on this It is not anticipated that instrument adjustments of this sort will be required frequently The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits It is essential that the procedures are followed as written for both routine and non routine site visits to ensure that reliable and accurate air quality measurements are made However the sequence in which zero and span calibrations are performed is not critical The exact specification of the calibration systems at each monitoring may differ slightly The control of gas delivery into the analysers may use an excess flow meter or an in line critical Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 55 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual orifice restricting the pressure Training in the use of these systems is provided by the QA QC Unit as required 12 2 Preparation 1 Upon arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyse
246. nt air quality Standard gravimetric measurement method for the determination of the PM 5 mass fraction of suspended particulate matter 2005 Requirements for Electrical Installations IET Wiring Regulations 17th Edition BS 7671 2008 incorporating amendment no 1 2011 IET British Standards Institute Jul 2011 ISBN 9781849192699 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 167 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 Statutory Instrument 1999 No 3242 online Available at http www legislation gov uk uksi 1999 3242 introduction made Accessed 31 May 2012 13 Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974 online Available at http www legislation gov uk ukpga 1974 37 Accessed 31 May 2012 14 The Work at Height Amendment Regulations online Available at http www legislation gov uk uksi 2007 114 contents made Accessed 31 May 2012 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 168 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendices Appendix A Example of Service Contract Specification Appendix B Safety Data Sheets for Gases Appendix C Glossary of Abbreviations and Conversion Factors Appendix D Calibration Sheet Appendix E Equipment Support Unit Procedures Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendix A Example
247. nt time on the instrument display 11 3 2 NOx Analyser The API 200 NOx analyser has a 2 line alphanumeric display and 3 status LED display lights on the front panel The display is divided into 4 fields Mode Field Key Definition Message and Concentration 1 In normal operation the Mode field will show SAMPLE with the SAMPLE LED illuminated and the CAL and FAULT LEDs off Check these and record on precalibration checklist 2 If the red FAULT light is on a warning message has been generated and is still active due to some instrument operating parameter falling outside preset ranges If the FAULT light is on two additional buttons will be identified in the Key Definition Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 46 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 4 area of the display namely MSG message and CLR clear Press the message button and record the warning message given in the message area of the screen and press clear If the red FAULT light is off and a message display is visible a fault has occurred but has been automatically rectified Record the message and press clear A number of instrument internal operational parameters can be accessed by pressing the test left hand button to obtain each parameter in turn Press this and record the result displayed in the message area of the display against the appropriate parameter on precalibration checklist When all parameters on the prec
248. ntenance and repair of the monitoring equipment as well as supply of calibration gases is usually carried out by an equipment support contractor working under contract to the site owner Local Authority In the case of sites which are also part of the AURN the LSO is usually a subcontractor to the organisation holding the contract with Defra for central management of the AURN This organisation is termed the Central Management and Control Unit or CMCU LSOs for sites within the AURN have specific additional responsibilities in relation to the CMCU these are documented in the AURN s own LSO manual 3 2 Duties and responsibilities of an LSO As an LSO for a site in the Scottish air quality monitoring network you have the following duties and responsibilities 1 Routine management of the site This means 2 Keeping the site and its surroundings generally tidy and in a good state of repair This includes informing the relevant organisation the site owner or else the CMCU in the case of AURN sites if any repairs are needed to the site infrastructure such as repair of a leaking roof or damage due to vandalism You may be asked to carry out some simple or temporary repairs 3 Inform the site owner or CMCU for AURN sites of issues such as overgrown shrubs or vegetation around the site Assisting with management of grass and vegetation around the site Inform the site owner or CMCU for AURN sites of any safety issues The LS
249. nterest To find these parameters you must first unlock the front screen by selecting the Padlock symbol situated top right of the LCD touch screen display 4 Next select key Unlock then insert the password of 1234 and select Set The padlock symbol will now appear open and a Spanner Icon will flash showing that the analyser is out of service The Alarm indicator will also turn red 5 To access Pre Calibration Parameters first select the Menu button then scroll using the cursor icon to the Maintenance page and select Analog Input 6 From here take down all appropriate parameters stated in the pre calibration sheet found within Analog Output 1 2 and Analog Output 2 2 Select Close until you return to the front screen Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 109 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 17 3 4 Ozone Analyser The APMA 370 O analyser has a full graphic LCD touch screen that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Touching the LCD touch screen will turn the screen back on 1 In normal operation the analyser should be display
250. ntil red light switches off 17 All three red lights should be turned off 18 Switch the analyser back in service by pressing Exit The sample light will begin to flash until the end of the current 15 minute mean 16 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters The analyser sample inlet filters situated on the front of the instrument rack must be changed on a fortnightly basis at all sites If a filter appears unusually dirty please inform the QA QC Detailed instructions for sample inlet filter changing 1 Open the analyser front panel by pulling the knob front right the analyser panel swings open with a door action hinged on the left 2 The sample filter is situated on the centre or right of the analyser unit mounted in a vertical orientation for ease of access Turn the filter cover anticlockwise and then remove Remove the sample filter Inspect filter for signs of excessive soiling and inspect the gasket and o ring to ensure they are not damaged 6 Take clean filter from box and insert into the filter holder being careful not to dislodge or lose the gasket and o ring under the sample filter On the APMA and APNA CO and NOX the notched face of the gasket should be pointing outwards Otherwise leaks will occur 7 Replace the filter cover ak w 16 6 Post calibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network will report time averaged concentration data it is important that operators crit
251. o be changed routinely on the TEOM FDMS unit e Sensor Unit filter normal TEOM filter in the sensor unit e Purge filter located in the FDMS main enclosure The TEOM sensor unit filter and the purge filter in the FDMS main enclosure must be changed together when the percentage of filter lifetime used as shown on the top line of the instrument display is 90 or greater The filters supplied for the TEOM purge filters must only be used for this purpose The sample inlet filters supplied for the other analysers must NOT be used It is recommended that the filter boxes are stored in the sensor unit of the TEOM analyser so they are pre conditioned before they are changed with existing filters Whenever the filters are changed the PM head must be cleaned as detailed below Since the analyser requires at least one hour to stabilise after filter cartridge changing it is recommended that this operation be undertaken before the calibration of the gas analysers 19 2 3 Cleaning the PMi9 Head View the PM10 Inlet Head Cleaning Procedures Video on YouTube The PM head is located on the sample inlet tube above the roof of the monitoring station Use the ladder with due regard to personal safety to gain access to the cabinet roof Extra care should be taken if raining as the roof of the cabinet may be slippery when wet Ingress of rain into the sample inlet must be avoided and consideration should be given to postponing cleaning the head if this is like
252. o two streams in one ambient NO is reduced to NO using a molybdenum converter a molybdenum catalyst before reaction The molybdenum converter should be at least 95 efficient at converting NO to NO Separate measurements are made of total oxides of nitrogen NOx NO NO2 and NO The ambient NO concentration is calculated from the difference NO NOx NO The analysers are equipped with either a single or a double reaction chamber and PMT system The main components of the analyser are shown in Figure 7 2 A solenoid valve is used to alternatively switch between NO and NOx NO NO2 measurement typically at 15 second intervals Ambient air is drawn through the system via a pump and drier unit The Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 20 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual analysers display current NO NO and NOx concentrations and depending on the make and model of analyser other parameters can be selected as necessary Either external gas cylinders or an internal permeation oven and zero air scrubber are used to provide daily automatic check calibrations NO NOx NO2 1 Particle filter 2 Converter 3 Flow rate controller 5 Optical filter 6 Photomultiplier tube 7 Drier 8 Ozone generator 9 Reaction chamber 10 Sampling pump 11 Ozone filter 14 Refrigerated housing 15 Controls NO NOx cycling Figure 7 2 Schematic Diagram of Chemiluminescent NOx Analyser 7 3 3 UV Fluoresc
253. ocedures are the same as those applied to national network air quality monitoring stations within the UK Automatic Urban and Rural Network AURN This ensures that all data in the database are quality assured and are traceable to UK national calibration standards for the various pollutants This is the Site Operators Manual for automatic air quality monitoring in Scotland It has been prepared by Ricardo AEA for the Local Site Operators responsible for day to day operation of the air quality monitoring sites that make up Scotland s automatic air quality monitoring network Its purpose is to provide the Local Site Operators LSOs with the information they need in order to operate the sites correctly and to the same standards as the AURN 1 1 Whatis Covered by This Manual In order for a full quality system to be applied to the Scottish air quality monitoring network it is important that all operations are harmonised and documented and that all participants understand their responsibilities This manual addresses on site procedures in order to ensure uniform operation and maintenance of monitoring stations by different site operators and equipment support units Specific issues addressed in this site operations manual include e Overall requirements for site performance Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 2 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual e Site selection criteria e Station infrastructure
254. oes not vary by more than 2 ppb Record three consecutive SO readings from the instrument display allow 10 seconds between each reading On the front of the ENVIDAS logger module press the relevant button to set the SO analyser to SPAN This sets the solenoid valves to introduce span gas to the analyser whilst also flagging the data as calibration data and not to be used Read the cylinder pressure of the SO in air calibration cylinder from the right hand dial and cylinder number from the label on the cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi approx 20 bar In this event contact QA QC immediately Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred i e the SO concentration displayed on the instrument front panel does not vary by more than 2 ppb Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained Check that the results from this calibration are consistent with those of the previous calibration The zero value should not differ by more than 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the
255. of Service Contract Specification Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Example Specification for the Servicing and Maintenance of Air Quality Monitoring Equipment Routine Service and Maintenance It is a requirement of the AURN to achieve a minimum data capture of 90 for all pollutants across all sites over the period of a calendar year The service and maintenance procedures adopted and the resources dedicated to them must be sufficient to guarantee the required data capture target Routine servicing of all instruments and equipment at each site is to be carried out on a six monthly basis The service visits are to be conducted in co ordination with the QA QC six monthly audit visits and must be completed within a timetable determined by the QA QC and the site owner A schedule of service visits must be provided to QA QC Unit and the site owner in advance The ESU will be responsible for ensuring that all work they undertake on site conforms to the relevant health and safety standards and legislation Such as working at heights electrical safety use of compressed gases COSHH and manual handling etc Routine service visits are to include full instrument servicing according to the manufacturer s recommendations During the service a number of important equipment tests must be undertaken To achieve these the ESU must own or have access to the following test
256. of oscillation Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 23 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual As particles progressively collect on the filter the frequency f changes by an amount proportional to the mass deposited m m k f where ko is a constant determined during calibration of the TEOM analyser The flow rate of air through the system is controlled using thermal mass flow controllers and automatically measured to determine mass concentration The filter must be manually changed before the mass loading is at the maximum allowed by the system The TEOM analyser consists of a sample inlet head attached to the sensor unit a control unit containing the mass flow controllers and system software and a carbon vane pump The total flow of 16 67 litres per minute through the sampling head is divided using a flow splitter to give a main flow of 2 or 3 litres per minute I min through the filter cartridge and an auxiliary flow of 14 67 or 13 67 min The lower sample flow rate of 2 min is often selected to prolong filter lifetime although the higher flow rate setting provides superior analyser response noise characteristics and is therefore to be recommended where possible The mass concentration oscillation frequency filter loading flow rates temperature and other diagnostic information can be displayed on the controller s LCD screen In addition mass concentration and filter loading
257. ointed and managed by the Management Units for Defra and the DAs funded sites In the case of affiliated sites however the local authority itself may be directly responsible for arranging the service and maintenance contract An example ESU contract specification is included in Appendix A for reference for affiliated site owners who appoint their own ESU Service and maintenance is of vital importance to the successful operation of the Network As there are several different ESUs involved in the network it is important to ensure that consistent operating procedures are followed in order to achieve satisfactory data quality and capture rates throughout the network In order to ensure ESUs have sufficient resources manpower and equipment to carry out the work correctly they may be subject to audit by the CMCU and or the QA QC Unit The ESUs are expected to retain suitable and sufficient records of staff training competence equipment records including proof of traceability and service sheets for each contracted site visit A full technical description of the equipment service and maintenance procedures is not provided here as these will differ from instrument to instrument and will be carried out following the manufacturer s recommendations Instead this section of the manual contains the basic operating guidelines for ESUs describing the required service and maintenance support for the equipment used in the AURN The main tasks perform
258. on control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes touching the LCD touch screen will turn the screen back on 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient CO concentration the Mode field showing MEAS the correct time and date should be displayed on the top line of the display and the padlock symbol showing it as locked Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 The alarm indicator is a small LED light situated to the bottom left of the LCD display This should be showing green if everything is OK with the analyser If the LED is showing red then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred To view this fault select the alarm button on the touch screen display and note down the fault onto the calibration sheet To exit Alarm page select Close on the display 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest To find these parameters you must first unlock the front screen by selecting the Padlock symbol situated top right of the LCD touch screen display 4 Next select key Unlock then insert the password of 1234 and
259. on the types of analyser at each site These site specific or equipment specific instructions are provided in Part B Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 1 Introduction The Scottish Government undertakes automatic monitoring of ambient concentrations of a wide range of air pollutants as part of joint national programmes run in conjunction with Defra the Welsh Government and the Department of the Environment in Northern Ireland In addition a large number of Local Authorities in Scotland measure air quality as part of requirements of the Local Air Quality Review and Assessment process Monitoring data from all the automatic air quality monitoring carried out in Scotland are made available via the Air Quality in Scotland website at www scottishairquality co uk This website has been created to provide a one stop shop resource for information covering all aspects of air pollution in Scotland The site is funded by the Scottish Government It was designed from the outset to be Accurate and reliable Comprehensive User friendly Easily navigable As interactive as possible Able to meet the needs of the general public as well as technical local government and regulatory user communities Since 2006 all automatic monitoring data within the Scottish Air Quality Database SAQD on the website have been subject to harmonised QA QC procedures These pr
260. onic version of the spreadsheet and then e mail this to the QA QC Unit Always e mail the actual spreadsheet to the QA QC unit please do not fax or scan the paper copy to them This is because the QA QC Units data handling software reads the data directly from the spreadsheet It cannot read from a faxed or scanned copy To use the spreadsheet 1 2 3 Open the file and select the Intro page if not already selected Enter all the basic info Select your site from the drop down menu enter your name date and time and select the reason for visit from the drop down menu Select the Pre Cal page Confirm that there is no pollution episode occurring before proceeding For the analysers you have on site select the analyser types from the drop down menus A series of specific diagnostic parameters will then appear having consulted the relevant sections of the LSO Manual enter the required values as appropriate Scroll down for the PM diagnostics tables It is possible some software versions on analysers may display slightly different parameters if you can t find a specific value just leave the box blank A typical example of a checklist awaiting completion is shown in Figure 21 2 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 148 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Pre Calibration Checklist Is a Pollution Episo
261. or site owner in other cases Data sheets for the supplied gases are given in Appendix B Safety Data Sheets for Gases Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 28 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 8 3 Supply and Replacement of on site gas cylinders For AURN sites it is the responsibility of the AURN gas standards supplier to ensure delivery of gas cylinders For non AURN sites delivery of gas cylinders is usually included in a site service and maintenance contract The gas supplier also supplies the daily CO autocal cylinders and zero air cylinders to some sites In the case of AURN sites from the details given on the calibration spreadsheet completed by the LSO at each routine calibration visit the gas standards supplier can see which cylinders are low and need replacing The gas supplier will take an accredited cylinder from stock contact the LSO and agree a convenient day and time for the cylinder delivery It is intended that the delivery will be scheduled during a routine calibration visit About an hour before the delivery the driver will call ahead so that the LSO has time to get there and receive the cylinder The gas standards supplier driver or contractor will deliver the full cylinder and also take away any empty cylinders on the site and return them to the owner It is important that each cylinder delivered or collected is clearly recorded on the delivery note by serial number In
262. or the form spreadsheet agreed with the QA QC and Management Units is completed giving full details of the remedial action undertaken Where appropriate diagrams or flow schematics illustrating faults or repairs e g damage to glass sample manifolds or location of sample leak should also be included as these are useful for data ratification purposes The emergency call out form together with any before and after repair calibration records must be emailed to the Management Unit and QA QC Unit as soon as possible and within 7 days at the latest G 7 Ad hoc ESU Visits It may from time to time be necessary for the ESU to undertake site visits between servicing to perform analyser checks or carry out modifications Instrument modifications or repairs which will affect the calibrations of the analysers must not be carried out during these visits without prior agreement of the Management Unit If adjustments or repairs are agreed then the same calibration and reporting procedures as carried out during an emergency call out visit should be followed G 8 Use of On site Calibration Gas Standards The gas standards supplier is responsible for the supply and verification of the on site gas calibration cylinders These standards are an expensive resource and as such should not be used for any other purpose other than those stated below e as found calibrations either before service or repair e post service or repair calibrations e post service
263. oring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 11 API Equipment Site Operational Procedures 11 1 Introduction The regular site visits carried out by the LSOs are a major factor in ensuring high quality data from the Scottish Network The following jobs are done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operatio and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Procedures associated with particle analysers PM 5 or PM are covered in a separate section Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is common to all analyser types with the exception of the particulate analyser As described in Section 9 of the main document Principles of Calibration weekly calibrations take the form of a simple two point calibration More detailed instrument tests are undertaken by QA QC unit in combination with the 6 monthly instrument
264. ork The following jobs are done during these site visits 1 Pre calibration checks 2 Changing the particulate monitor filter if applicable 3 Calibration of analysers 4 Post calibration checks safety and security inspection As well as these routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits It is essential that the procedures are followed as written for both routine and non routine site visits to ensure that reliable and accurate air quality measurements are made If your site also contains analysers for gaseous pollutants in addition to the TEOM you will also need to refer to the operational procedures for the relevant type of analysers 18 2 Preparation 1 Upon arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of the TEOM to see if an episode is occurring PMio concentration gt 100 ugm If so please phone the QA QC Do not proceed with the calibration as this will result in
265. ould be cleaned first then the gas analysers can be calibrated while you are waiting for the TEOM to stabilise 18 4 1 Cleaning the PM10 Head View the PM10 Inlet Head Cleaning Procedures Video on YouTube The PM head is located on the sample inlet tube above the roof of the monitoring station To access the PM head you will need to use the ladder Take great care that the ladder is positioned correctly and is secure before stepping onto it Extra care should be taken if raining as the roof of the station may be slippery when wet Delay this job if adverse weather conditions Such as ice or snow mean that it is not safe to use the ladder The PM inlet needs to be cleaned each time the TEOM filter cartridge is changed to ensure optimal performance The cleaning materials required are a small brush lint free tissues cotton buds Decon 90 1 in H O silicon grease and distilled water All components are to be cleaned by soaking Decon 90 on lint free tissues or cotton buds as appropriate The component should then be rinsed with distilled water to remove any Decon 90 and dried Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 118 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 18 4 2 Removing the PM10 Head is Switch the TEOM out of service switch to ON If no switch has been explicitly fitted the Data Stop button must be pressed Carefully lift the complete PM head assembly from the TEOM inlet tube Protect t
266. ould be telephoned upon arrival This will allow them to ensure that calibration data is not disseminated as ambient data ak w amp 15 3 Pre calibration Checks In this section a number of initial visible checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the precalibration sheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the CMCU if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration 15 3 1 CO Analyser The Casella Monitor model CM2030 CO analyser has a TFT colour display which in normal operation shows the current CO concentration a time series graph displaying the previous 10 minutes of concentration data the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the precalibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messa
267. ovision to ensure that 90 data capture targets can be met The procedures undertaken during emergency call outs are given in Table G 4 below Table G 4 Emergency call out procedures Procedure As found calibration Immediately before repair adjustment or replacement of the analyser itis calibrated as found using the on site calibration gas This calibration is very important as it may give an indication of the effect of the response fault on ambient measurements it is usually during periods when the analyser performance is suspect or faulty that the quality of the data recorded is of most concern Note If a problem with the ozone analyser is suspected then the ESU must take a reference photometer to the site and calibrate the analyser before and after repair The fault is rectified as appropriate Post repair calibration The analyser must be allowed sufficient time to warm up after repair adjustment or replacement It is then calibrated using the on site gas calibration standards The serial number of any analysers being removed or installed must be clearly noted on the calibration records Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual G 6 Documentation of Emergency Call out Visits All analyser checks and repairs carried out by the ESU must be carefully documented For every emergency call out visit a Service Engineers Emergency Call out form
268. ovisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours Ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after a further 24 hours The QA QC will advise on this The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits The sequence in which zero and span calibrations are performed is not critical However apart from this it is essential that the procedures are followed exactly as written for both routine and non routine site visits 13 2 Preparation 1 On arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section 9 5 of the main document O gt 70 ppb NO gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm If an episode is occurring phone the QA QC before proceeding You may be advised to delay the calibration until the episode is over Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 65 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 Take a new set of check and calibration sheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time This can be done directly into the spreadsheet on a laptop or written onto a paper printout of the spreadsheet Appendix D and entered electronically back at your office Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow th
269. pe Time Series HOB PS oases a 3 0224 17 0218 0219 0220 0221 0222 022 FDMS Reading New Town 25VMass 000 v Volt Value ug m3 m 7 34 s 6 875 min 60 4 max 1 n 281 Figure 24 4 Further Examples of erratic data after poor filter change 24 7 Auto Calibration Run ons Most instruments in the Scottish Network perform an automatic calibration cycle every night every 3 days Zero gas and then span calibration gas are introduced into the instruments between the times of 0045 and 0115 The resultant readings for these gases are used to identify instrument breakdowns or excessive drifts Data during the calibration cycle are flagged as zero and span measurements and are not used to calculate the reported ambient measurements A problem can occur if the solenoid valves in the pneumatic system do not close fully after the cycle Calibration gas may then leak into the instrument during the ambient measurement period The fault can be identified by calculating the diurnal variation of concentrations during this period i e calculating the average concentration for each 15 minute period Figure 24 5 shows the average diurnal cycle of 15 minute and hourly average NO concentrations at Belfast Centre Hourly averages which are the basic reporting time period for the AURN are calculated from at least three valid 15 minute concentrations This example shows that the calibration gas introduced between 0045 and 0115 rema
270. ples OF CAUDAL OM ssiecsacetccsesci conesceavenss tes ceenicsccutcsasaaadidestdosantstnjasteticdtidesicweetedeatets 33 9 1 Daily Automatic IZS Check Systems and Standards cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 33 9 2 Transfer Standard Calibration SySteMS c cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 34 9 3 Utilisation of Calibration Data in Producing Scaled Pollution Data 0 37 9 4 Use of Calibration Data over Extended Time Periods cccceseeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 38 9 5 Calibration During High Pollution Episodes 0 ccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38 10 Healthand Safety saasaa aeaaea Ca 40 10 1 Health and Safety Responsibilities of Local Site Operators 0 cccceeeees 41 10 2 Risk ASSCSSMEMHS cccccccecenececeeeeeceeececeaeeeeeeesaeeeseseneaeeeescaaeeeeesceeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaas 41 10 3 Electri al Safetysi sieci ete er neier aeee aE EEEa EE nape eee ener 42 10 4 Safety With Compressed Gas Cylinders 0 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeees 42 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 ii RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 11 12 13 14 15 16 10 5 Work at Height cccceccceceseeeesseeeeeeeeeennenenaeeneaeeeeaaeesaeaeeseaaesaecesseeaeseeeaeeennnaes 42 10 6 Lone WOrKiNG sicictessaianteienesceesrdniagecediagadsaansarseaqeadniesdnansarvmegsniiasgetiagxenaaatanglaazadeias 42 10 7 Other Hazard Seesanrue ona EE A iec e
271. ppb 1 25 ug m 1 pg m 0 8 ppb Nitrogen dioxide 3 3 1 ppb 1 91 ug m 1 pg m 0 523 ppb Total oxides of nitrogen NO 3 3 NO in pg m is expressed as NO i e NOppb NO ppb x 1 91 NO pg m Sulphur dioxide 3 3 1 ppb 2 66 ug m 1 pg m 0 38 ppb Ozone 3 3 1 ppb 2 0 ug m 1 g m 0 5 ppb Carbon monoxide 3 3 1 ppm 1 16 mg m 1 mg m 0 86 ppm Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendix D Calibration Sheet Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Please Select Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendix E Equipment Support Unit Procedures Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual G 1 Introduction This section is provided as background information It provides additional details on the duties and responsibilities of the Equipment Support Unit ESU Monitoring systems can only be relied on to operate satisfactorily and reliably for extended periods of time if they are properly supported and maintained In the AURN the maintenance and support of the analysers and associated site infrastructure is undertaken by a number of ESUs which are usually equipment manufacturers distributors or service agents ESUs are app
272. quality monitoring network are used for monitoring compliance with EU directives on air quality Only the AURN sites are used for this purpose However all sites in Scotland are operated according to the data capture and data quality targets set by European Union s Air Quality Directive Directive 2008 50 EC This Directive sets out data quality objectives regarding the maximum uncertainty of measurements and the minimum data capture These are presented in Table 5 1 Table 5 1 Measurement uncertainty objectives given in EU Air Quality Directives Uncertainty for oe Parameter Continuous Minimum Data Capture Measurement The methodology for calculating uncertainties is specified by the European Committee for Standardisation CEN Comit Europ en de Normalisation Details are given in the relevant CEN documents New types of analysers must be tested to ensure they meet CEN standards In the UK this is carried out under MCERTS the Environment Agency s Monitoring Certification Scheme that tests analysers to see whether they meet the CEN standards Only those analysers that meet the CEN standards are shown to be equivalent to the reference method In compliance with the European Directive all analysers used in the AURN must be proven equivalent to the reference method as of June 2013 More information on the reference methods can be found in Section 7 5 1 Data Capture The data capture target for the Scottish air quality monitori
273. r to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section 9 5 of the main document O3 gt 70 ppb NO gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm If an episode is occurring phone QA QC before proceeding any further 2 Start up the electronic calibration sheet on your computer or take a new set of check and calibration sheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully Ensure that the site toolkit is complete The analysers can be switched out of service by either e pressing Menu scrolling down to Instrument controls and selecting Service mode Switch the service mode on by pressing Return Press to return to the main screen A spanner should appear on the bar on the screen If the spanner does not appear the QA QC should be telephoned upon arrival This will allow them to ensure that calibration data is not disseminated as ambient data or e If displayed press the SERV key on the main screen to enter service mode Switch the service mode on by pressing Return Press gt to return to the main screen A spanner should appear on the bar on the screen If the spanner does not appear the QA QC should be telephoned upon arrival This will allow them to ensure that calibration data is not disseminated as ambient data o
274. r scheduled intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air Obviously the level to which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator but the operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the postcalibration spreasdsheet must be completed as follows 1 All pre calibration checks detailed in section 13 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the postcalibration spreadsheet as follows i CO Analyser ii NOx Analyser iii SO2 Analyser iv Ozone Analyser v TEOM not required when filter not changed vi Air Sampling Manifold not required if precalibration was OK vii Modem viii Data Logger Compare the results of the post calibration checks to the precalibration values If any there are any large unexpected changes notify the QA QC 2 Complete the final check section of the postcalibration spreadsheet if no out of service switches are
275. r wear and replace if necessary Wipe any grease off with a tissue and apply a thin coating of fresh silicon grease to the o ring and the aluminium threads 5 Careful reassemble using the pencil marks to align the top and bottom plates Acceleration Assembly Collector Assembly Figure 20 2 The PM inlet head 20 9 Clean the Nozzle and Vane Regularly cleaning the BAM 1020 nozzle helps prevent leak and optimizing data accuracy Monthly cleaning and at every filter tape change has generally proven adequate for this procedure but more frequent cleaning may be necessary in some environments High leak values normally indicate a build up of filter material at or near the nozzle filter paper interface compromising the interface seal allowing air to be drawn in around the nozzle perimeter Left uncorrected the accuracy of the measurements can be affected and in some situations negative concentration values and or low correlation with reference equipment may result When the nozzle is lowered the downward pressure on these pieces of filter material can punch a hole in the tape Figure 20 3 right panel A puncture in the tape allows the beta particles to pass through without attenuation This defect may reduce the post sample count and in situations of low ambient PM concentrations may cause this count to be larger than the pre sample count resulting in a negative concentration Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 140
276. ration causing the analyser to sample from the site zero air scrubber 10 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the reading on the front panel of the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 0 2ppm 11 Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 100 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact the QA QC Use the INC or DEC keys to toggle the value of the LINE field from ZERO to SPAN This places the analyser into a span calibration causing the analyser to sample from the site CO calibration cylinder Allow the analyser to stabilise on span gas for at least 10 minutes Ensure that the reading on the front panel of the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 0 4ppm Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser disp
277. ration procedure for each analyser However when all analysers are being calibrated in practice it is usually better to open all cylinders at the same time after ensuring that any needle valves in the cabinet are closed All cylinders can then be closed if necessary at the same time at the end of the calibration session 15 4 1 CO Analyser The two point calibration of the carbon monoxide analyser will be undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration will be carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet 2 Switch the CO SERVICE control to OUT OF SERVICE This allows calibration data to be flagged To access the SERVICE menu press the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the OUT OF SERVICE MENU option and then press the ENTER button Press ENTER to highlight the INSVC OUTSVC option for switching the analyser out of service and use the arrow key to change the option to OUTSVC Press ENTER again and the HOME button to return to the primary screen OUT OF SERVICE should appear on the status line 3 Now EITHER e Connect the zero air canister to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air through the zero air canister The zero air scrubber to be used is the one containing the orange silica gel and the black hopcalite The si
278. rbon Monoxide Carbon monoxide CO is a colourless odourless gas produced when fuels containing carbon are burned with insufficient oxygen to fully oxidise the carbon present Petrol engines used to emit significant amounts of CO but concentrations are now very low due to the introduction of catalytic converters on car exhausts However ambient carbon monoxide in urban areas results almost entirely from vehicle emissions In urban areas concentrations are highest at the kerbside and decrease rapidly with increasing distance from the road Carbon monoxide affects health by preventing the blood carrying oxygen around the body People are more likely to be exposed to dangerous concentrations of CO indoors for example from a faulty heating appliance Cigarette smoke is also a major source of exposure 2 3 5 Ozone Ozone O3 is a form of oxygen containing three atoms per molecule rather than the usual two In the stratosphere part of the upper atmosphere O is formed by the action of ultraviolet light on oxygen molecules This produces the ozone layer and at this level the gas has a beneficial effect by absorbing harmful ultraviolet solar radiation In the lower atmosphere however O is an air pollutant It is produced by the photochemical effect of sunlight on oxides of nitrogen and volatile organic compounds produced by motor vehicles and industry These reactions take place over periods of several hours or even days Once formed
279. re mode will be analyser breakdown these instruments are complex and 100 reliability cannot reasonably be expected Data loss due to most other problems can be minimised by Efficient data telemetry enabling on site problems to be identified rapidly Backup data storage media on site Rapid service maintenance and repair Comprehensive and documented site operational protocols Regular application of these protocols Experienced site operators Proven site infrastructure and system backup and The deployment of proven analyser types Detailed analysis of the reasons for loss of data is provided in the bi annual and annual data ratification reports produced by Ricardo AEA available on the reports database on UK AIR and the AURN Hub One of the main reasons for data loss is analyser breakdown It is therefore important that LSOs have a suitable equipment support contract in place For AURN sites this is a condition of the LSO s contract with the CMCU Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 14 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 6 Site Selection 6 1 Site Location criteria AURN sites For sites which are part of the AURN and therefore used to monitor the UK s compliance with the European Union Air Quality Directive 2008 50 EC the Air Quality Directive it is a requirement that each site meets the siting criteria set by this Directive These are divided into two categories e macro s
280. re than 2 ppb in 10 minutes which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary screen Record three consecutive NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each reading which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary screen Remove the zero air canister from the inlet line or fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Depending on site configuration it might be necessary to connect one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the Nitric Oxide NO in nitrogen calibration gas cylinder If not necessary continue to next step Open the NO in nitrogen cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi
281. red element filter and the purge filter as detailed the relevant site operations section The auxiliary flow cartridge will be replaced once every six months as part of the service and maintenance procedure 7 3 5 3 BAM Beta Attenuation Mass Monitor This instrument measures mass density using the technique of beta radiation attenuation A small beta source is coupled to a sensitive detector which counts the beta particles As the mass of particles increases the beta count is reduced The relationship between the decrease in count and the particulate mass is computed according to a known relationship the Beer Lambert equation previously shown in Section 7 3 1 in relation to the ozone analyser The BAM monitor consists of a paper tape filter located between a source of beta radiation and a radiation detector A pump draws ambient air through the filter and the reduction in intensity of beta radiation measured at the detector is proportional to the mass of particulate deposited on the filter The calibration of the BAM is performed by measuring the absorption of a blank filter tape and a calibration control membrane with known absorption coefficient The monitor can be set to operate for 4 to 24 hour cycles with intermediate averages if selected The sampler will automatically take a measurement and feed the tape on if the filter loading reaches a pre determined level When operated with a PMio sampling head the monitor is set to op
282. red within the required timescale then a replacement unit should be fitted Specific procedures related to emergency call outs are detailed within the Site Operator s Manuals and the ESU Procedure Manual as prepared by Network CMCU This 48 hour response is required for all working days of the year excluding weekends and Public Holidays In all cases the ESU must confirm to the QA QC and site owners that they have received the call out and that the required response is under way As a general guide the following circumstances may give rise to an emergency call out electronic or pneumatic instability of the instruments autocalibration checks outside of acceptable tolerances instruments operating outside of manufacturers specifications manual calibration checks outside of acceptable tolerances malfunctions identified with the sample manifold data logging or gas calibration systems malfunction of the air conditioning unit Whilst these criteria provide guidance on call out procedures emergency call outs will be issued at the sole discretion of the Site owner ESU s should note that a calibrated ozone photometer and or NOx converter test equipment may be required during an emergency call out visit for ozone or NOx analysers respectively All emergency call out visits must be fully documented and reports must describe all equipment malfunctions repairs or replacements In the event that instrument adjustments are necessary which affect its
283. reen Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 0 5 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QANQC Change the SO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 15 5 of this section Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Switch the SO SERVICE control to IN SERVICE when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration To access the SERVICE menu press the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen
284. regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed 14 Turning now to the NO in air calibration cylinder repeat steps 8 to 13 15 Record three sets of NOx NO and NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration Allow 10 seconds between each set of readings 16 Verify that the readings are reasonable the NO signal should be close to that obtained while performing the zero calibration with the NOx and NO signals showing approximately the same large deflection from this zero point 17 Repeat step 13 18 By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero values on all channels should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration values should not differ by more than 5 from those obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC 18 Change the NOx analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 12 5 19 Reconnect the ambi
285. response these must be agreed in advance with the Network QA QC Unit and be accompanied by the relevant Pre and Post Calibration Checklists and Calibration Records Documentation must be e mailed to both the site owner and the QA QC Unit as soon as possible and within 7 days at latest Supply of consumables The ESU will be required to provide and maintain adequate consumable supplies for all monitoring stations within the relevant part of the Network This will include for example supplies of chart paper Sample Inlet Filters TEOM filters permeation tubes degreasing agents for sample head cleaning Decon 90 etc Additional supplies of consumables are to be despatched to the site owner within 5 working days of notification by the site owner Any consumable sent to or left at sites especially any cleaning agents must be in clearly marked containers Air Conditioning Units Many of the Network monitoring stations are equipped with air conditioning units and the ESU will be responsible for the service and maintenance of these units to ensure adequate operation Both routine 6 monthly servicing and emergency call out should be provided for Other site equipment The ESU should include for the annual testing and replacement if required of fire extinguisher units first aid kits and any ladders at each site Suitable certificates or other evidence of testing must be supplied to the site owners Spares and calibration equipment The
286. rforming simple on site two point calibrations on O and particulate analysers all calibrations which produce data scaling factors for these instruments will be carried out by Ricardo AEA 9 3 Utilisation of Calibration Data in Producing Scaled Pollution Data As explained above the two point calibration quantifies the analyser Zero and span response As the analyser gives an output signal which is recorded and averaged by the data logger it is vital that zero and span factors are also taken as readings from the data logger where used and not solely by reading the instrument display The zero response V is the response in volts of the analyser when the pollutant species being measured is not present in the sample airstream The span response Vs is the response again in volts of the analyser to an accurately known concentration c in ppb parts per billion or 10 or ppm parts per million or 10 for CO of the pollutant species Both the zero and span responses will be taken on the concentration range at which the instrument normally operates Instrument zero response and calibration factors are then calculated using these data as follows Instrument zero response V Instrument span response Vs Instrument calibration factor F c V V Ambient pollution data are then calculated by applying these factors to logged voltage output signals as follows Pollutant concentration F V V where V is the recorded voltage s
287. ring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 4 5 10 11 12 13 Note the concentrations down after 6 minutes or after the readings have stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutive SO2 readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display Before initiating the Span cycle record the cylinder pressure from the dial closest to the cylinder head and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration record Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300psi In this event contact the QA QC Initiate the Span sequence by selecting ZERO then SPAN on the LCD touch screen display Select SET to initiate SPAN sequence Allow the analyser to stabilise on span gas for a period of not less than 6 minutes or after the analyser has stabilised the value should not vary by more than 2ppb Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger where present and instrument display i e after thirty second intervals record the value from the analyser display To exit calibration menu select SPAN then MEAS then SET then CLOSE until back to front screen Check that the analyser returns to normal ambient concentrations you can use the value you recorded during the analysers precalibration checks as a rough indication of
288. rious parameters Use the cursor keys on the keypad to scroll up t and down Two lights marked POWER and STATUS are also visible on the front panel Current Status Code Current Operating Mode Percentage of Filter Lifetime Used Current RS 232 Mode Current Time 0 4 377 0 11 50 Status Line Mass Conc 33 6 30 Min MC 26 8 Informational Lines __01 Hr MC 12 52 1 08 Hr MC 6 7 lt V gt Scroll Up l 24 Hr MC 94 Total Mass 120 65 5 Case Temp 50 00 4 Air Temp 50 01 Cap Temp 52300 lt i Additional i Encl Temp 40 02 i Informational Lines Main Flow 3200 Aux Flow 13 67 4 Ave Temp 25 00 Ave Pres 1 000 econ ene l I i t l Noise 0 068 I 1 Frequency 278 66318 lt Y gt Scroll Down Figure 18 1 TEOM Display Panel Record the following information on the precalibration checklist 1 In normal operation the POWER switch will be on and the STATUS light off 2 Check these and record on the pre calibration checklist 3 Record current status code current operating mode percentage of filter lifetime used current RS 232 mode and current time from the top line of the display Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 117 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 4 Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 5 Record the first three information lines in the appropriate space on the precalibration c
289. rmed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failures the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the pre calibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analysers internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the pre calibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 14 3 4 Ozone Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9850 O analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current O concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu
290. rom right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration spreadsheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve adjusting the flow through the excess flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute Record three consecutive SO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Check that the results from this calibration are consistent with those of the previous calibration The
291. rs or e from a cylinder containing pure zero air Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 33 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Where scrubbers are used to produce the zero air these have a finite life Eventually over time they would become exhausted and the quality of the zero air would degrade Using a zero air cylinder can give more consistent zero readings To check the span NO response that is the response to a high concentration near to the maximum that the instrument can measure a span gas is used This is generated by an NO permeation tube Zero air at a constant flow rate is passed across the tube which contains a quantity of pure liquid NO 2 The tube is enclosed in an oven maintained at constant temperature Provided the flow rate and temperature are kept constant the amount of NO which permeates from the tube into the air stream will be constant The gas mixture thus produced then passes into the reaction cell to provide a span calibration response Alternatively on some newer analyser systems the NO or NO calibration gas standard is also used for the autocalibration check 9 1 2 SO2 Analyser Zero air either from a cylinder of pure zero air or generated by passing ambient air through a charcoal scrubber is passed through the reaction cell in order to test the instrument s zero response The span gas is produced in a similar way as for the NOx analyser except
292. rtion of the NO present in the mixing vessel to NOz The converter efficiency is then determined from the relative change in NOx and NO outputs If the service is started within 14 days of the QA QC intercalibration visit and the QA QC unit did not identify any significant problems with the analysers NOx converter efficiency was found to be gt 95 ozone analyser found to be within 5 of the reference photometer calibration then these tests need not be repeated by the ESU G 3 2 Site Servicing Routine service and maintenance of the instruments at each site is carried out according to the equipment manufacturer s recommendations The visit also provides the opportunity to check repair and or replace many items of site infrastructure Service details are given in Table G 2 below Typical procedures carried out during routine service and maintenance include replacement of all consumable components e g filters scrubber materials o rings dismantling and cleaning of optical and other components checking the integrity of the sampling system and pneumatic systems lubrication of moving parts checking and replacing batteries electrical safety checks on analysers and ancillary site equipment ie PAT testing in accordance with IEE Code of Practice for In service Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment on an annual basis e testing and certification of the electrical supply circuit is recommended on a 5 yearly basis Contac
293. s While still in the TAPE menu press the lt SELF TEST gt soft key The BAM 1020 has a built in self test function which automatically tests most of the tape control and flow systems of the unit The self test can also be used if the operator suspects a problem with the unit The tests will take a couple of minutes and the BAM 1020 will display the results of each tested item with an OK or a FAIL tag see Figure 20 2 If all of the test items are OK the status will show SELF TEST PASSED as shown in the drawing below If any item fails the status will show ERROR OCCURRED If an error or Failed status occurs address the item identified and perform the SELF TEST again If the problem cannot be resolved call the QA QC Press the lt EXIT gt soft key to return to the main menu The BAM will automatically begin normal sampling operations at the top of the next hour Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 144 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 1 NOZZLE IN UP POSITION 8 FILTER TAPE 2 CLEAR SPOOL COVER WITH KNOB SUPPLY SPOOL 3 EMPTY CORE TUBE 10 SUPPLY TENSION ROLLER 4 TAKE UP SPOOL 11 RIGHT END ROLLER 5 PINCH ROLLERS 12 SAMPLING MEASURING AREA 6 CAPSTAN SHAFT 13 LEFT END ROLLER T LATCH 14 TAKE UP TENSION ROLLER Figure 20 6 Filter tape changing procedures Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 145 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 20 12
294. s and are used to convert raw voltage data into concentration units Ricardo AEA verifies the integrity of on site standards every six months during the intercalibration exercise These network intercalibrations employ an independent standard to determine zero and span response This is done in order to quantify any change drifts in on site calibration standards which may have occurred during the preceding six month period lf standards are found to have undergone significant drifts these will be replaced 9 2 1 Production of Zero Air Two methods of zero air production are used At some sites a cylinder of zero grade air is used This is now the preferred method At others zero air is produced by catalytically removing pollutant species from a sample airstream For the second method Ricardo AEA has developed a zero air generator which consists of the following components 1 Compressor to produce air sample Water drain to remove liquid water Needle valve to regulate airflow Silica gel to remove water vapour Hopcalite to remove CO Purafil to remove NO Activated charcoal to remove O3 NO and SO 2 A particulate filter on the system outlet to ensure that no particulate matter especially scrubber material is blown into the analysers ONDARON A diagram of the zero air generator is given in Figure 9 1 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 35 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 14
295. s can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Pressing any key on the analyser front panel will turn the screen on again A blinking cursor on the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 lssue 1 97 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual display disappears after 10 minutes of inactivity to redisplay the cursor press the up or down arrows 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient NO NO and NOx concentration the Mode field will show EXT and the correct time and date should be displayed on the top line of the display Check the status of the analyser display and record the various parameters on the precalibration checklist 2 If the ALARM indicator is present on the display then it is possible that a system malfunction has occurred The ALARM codes that have occurred can be viewed by pressing the function key under the ALARM indicator If the ALARM indicator is present view the individual ALARM codes and note them Not all ALARM codes indicate system malfunction several LINE AIC and MAINT indicate operational status and require no action Record the various codes on the precalibration checklist Af
296. s the failure at the top of the list will be displayed on the status line When this failure clears the next failure on the list will be displayed The entire list of failures is displayed on the SYSTEM FAULTS menu screen 1 Check the display and record the current readings and the current time on the pre calibration checklist Telephone the QA QC if the time displayed differs by more than 5 minutes from Greenwich Mean Time 2 If any fault messages are displayed record these Access to the faults list is by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Use the down arrow to move the cursor to the SYSTEM FAULTS option and then press SELECT To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 3 Access the analyser s internal parameters from the primary screen by pressing SELECT when the cursor is flashing in the MAIN MENU option Using the down arrow move the cursor to the INSTRUMENT STATUS option and then press SELECT Note the values of the parameters on the pre calibration checklist To return to the primary screen press EXIT twice 14 3 2 NOx Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9841A NOx analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current NO concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line
297. s calibration data and not to be used 3 Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred i e the NOx and NO concentrations displayed on the instrument front panel vary by no more than 2 ppb 4 Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO NO readings from the instrument display allow 10 seconds between each reading 5 On the front of the ENVIDAS logger module press the relevant button to set the NOx analyser to SPAN This sets the solenoid valves to introduce span gas to the analyser whilst also flagging the data as calibration data and not to be used 6 Read the cylinder pressure of the NO in nitrogen calibration cylinder from the right hand dial and cylinder number from the label on the cylinder and enter these on the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 80 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 11 calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi approx 20 bar In this event contact QA QC immediately Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for at least 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has taken place i e the NOx and NO concentrations not varying by more than 2ppb on the analyser front panel Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO NO readings from the instrument display The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained
298. s have a single reaction cell and pneumatic valving to switch between zero and ambient air paths see Figure 7 1 Ambient air is sampled using a pump unit The analysers continually display current O concentrations and depending on the make and model of analyser other parameters can be selected as necessary An internal ozone generator and zero air scrubber are used to provide daily automatic check calibrations Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 19 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Key Source 254 mm Absorption Cell Detector Display Exhaust Pump Reference in Solenoid Sample in 0 Digital Electronics AUOD OONDW Figure 7 1 Schematic Diagram of Ozone Analyser 7 3 2 Chemiluminescent Oxides of Nitrogen Analyser Nitric oxide NO in the sample air stream reacts with ozone O3 in an evacuated chamber to produce activated nitrogen dioxide NO This then returns to its ground unactivated state emitting a photon chemiluminescence NO O NO O NO O hv where O oxygen and hv the energy of the photon of light emitted h is Planck s constant and v is its frequency The intensity of the chemiluminescent radiation produced depends upon the amount of NO in the sampled air This is measured using a photomultiplier tube PMT or photodiode detector so the detector output voltage is proportional to the NO concentration The ambient air sample is divided int
299. s way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action Occasionally the QA QC may advise the LSO to carry out an instrument adjustment to optimise analyser sensitivity It is not likely that this will need to be done frequently If such adjustments are necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period of typically 15 minutes so allowing the production of provisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours Ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after a further 24 hours The QA QC will advise on this The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits The sequence in which zero and span calibrations are performed is not critical However apart from this it is essential that the procedures are followed exactly as written for both routine and non routine site visits 14 2 Preparation 1 On arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution levels during the last hour are above or close to the trigger values as discussed in Section 9 5 of the main document O gt 70 ppb NO gt 75 ppb SO gt 90 ppb and CO gt 5 ppm If an episode is occ
300. satisfactory contact the QAQC Change the NOx analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 11 5 Switch the NOx back in service by pressing Exit The sample light will begin to flash until the end of the current 15 minute mean 11 4 4 SO Analyser The two point calibration of a sulphur dioxide analyser is carried out as follows 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 Record the instrument number and instrument running range on the calibration record sheet Switch SO to out of service by pressing the Cal button on the front panel once only This allows calibration data to be flagged Do not press Cal Z or Cal S e Cal light should now turn on and Sample light switch off Uncap the SO zero air inlet situated on the front of the instrument rack or where a zero air cylinder is supplied connect the tubing and turn the cylinder on Connect the zero air generator cylinder to this zero air inlet Plug in or switch on zero air generator Check that flow indicator shows a flow of 1 9 0 1 litres per minute Adjust if necessary using the tap on the output of the zero air generator Where a zero air cylinder is used ensure there is sufficient pressure or flow as appropriate Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air for a period of not less than 10 minutes Verify that stabilisation has occurred by checking the Stab value is less than 1ppb Record three consecutive SO readings fro
301. se routine jobs there will sometimes be a need for non routine site visits for example in the event of apparent instrument or system malfunction Local site operators will be trained in all aspects of normal equipment operation and in the relevant calibration procedures by the QA QC Unit LSOs must keep copies of instrument manuals at each site and will need to make sure they understand the normal operating principles and characteristics of the instrumentation Calibration procedures differ from instrument to instrument but the basic principle is the same for all analyser types except the particulate analyser Routine calibrations consist of a simple two point calibration More detailed instrument tests are undertaken by QA QC Unit personnel in combination with the 6 monthly instrument inter calibration and servicing exercises Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as it is found In this way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action Occasionally the QA QC may advise the LSO to carry out an instrument adjustment to optimise analyser sensitivity It is not likely that this will need to be done frequently If such adjustments are necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period of typically 15 minutes so allowing the production of pr
302. sections can be replaced when needed This manual is provided in electronic format and the latest version is available on the Air Quality in Scotland website forum at http www scottishairquality co uk index php Printed copies are not provided If you are a Site Operator it is your responsibility to ensure that you download and use the most up to date version Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 3 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 2 About Scottish Air Quality Monitoring 2 1 Objectives of Scottish Air Quality Monitoring The main objectives of Scotland s air quality monitoring are as follows e Providing information that can be used in local air quality review and assessments as required by the UK Air Quality Strategy e Providing information about air quality to the public e Helping understand long term trends in air pollution concentrations e Measuring the effectiveness of policies intended to control air pollution e Monitoring compliance with statutory air quality limit values set by Scottish legislation e Some sites are also part of the national air quality monitoring network the Automatic Urban and Rural Network AURN These Fulfilling the UK s legal obligation as a Member State of the European Union to carry out air quality monitoring Note not all sites in Scotland are used for compliance monitoring with respect to European air quality directives only those
303. select SPAN then MEAS then SET then CLOSE until back to front screen Check that the analyser returns to normal ambient concentrations you can use the value you recorded during the analysers precalibration checks as a rough indication of ambient values bearing in mind that at strongly traffic related sites these concentrations may vary over fairly short timescales By comparison with previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 4ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the NOx sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 17 5 17 4 3 SO2 Analyser The two point calibration of a sulphur dioxide analyser is carried out as follows 1 2 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when the analyser is unlocked This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations On the LCD touch screen display select CAL then MEAS then ZERO Select SET to initiate the zeroing of the analyser Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 112 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monito
304. select Set The padlock symbol will now appear open and a spanner icon will flash showing that the analyser is out of service The Alarm indicator will also turn red 5 To access Pre Calibration Parameters first select the Menu button then scroll using the cursor icon to the Maintenance page and select Analog Input 6 From here take down all appropriate parameters stated in the pre calibration sheet found within Analog Output 1 2 and Analog Output 2 2 Select Close until you return to the front screen 17 3 2 NOx Analyser The APMA 370 NOx analyser has a full graphic LCD touch screen that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Touching the LCD touch screen will turn the screen back on 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient NO NO and NOx concentration the Mode field will show MEAS and the correct time and Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 108 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual date should be displayed on the top line of the display and the padlock symbol showing it as locked Check the status of th
305. ser where it would affect the results This is normally done routinely at each 2 weekly or 4 weekly calibration visit e Change the filter in the FDMS when necessary This is not usually done at every visit but when the filter has reached 90 of maximum loading and is requested by the QA QC contractor e For Partisol sites currently the only sites in Scotland with these are at Inverness and Auchencorth Moss change the filter canister on a two weekly basis This needs to happen on the same day of the week every two weeks Also exposure sheets must be completed and sent out and filters returned to laboratory The details of how to carry out these tasks are provided in Section B of this manual They vary depending on the manufacturer of the analyser 7 Emergency call outs The LSO will also be required to provide an emergency call out service in the event of equipment failure or malfunction You may be asked to carry out simple diagnostic checks on the instruments and to undertake basic repairs You may also be required to carry out additional calibrations and resetting of the CPU logger and modem if necessary However as an LSO you will not be required to undertake major repair or maintenance of the equipment this is usually carried out by a dedicated Equipment Support Unit contractor It is the LSO s responsibility to ensure that a suitable contract is in place to cover necessary maintenance and repair including emergency callouts
306. sue 1 18 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 7 3 Principles of Operation This section explains the principles of operation of the various types of automatic pollutant analysers used in Scottish air quality monitoring The on site analysers are usually housed in temperature controlled rack units which also contain the data logger and auto calibration system where installed If there is a Partisol at the site this may be in a separate cabinet Block diagrams showing the main components of the analysers are included in this section There may be slight operational differences between different analyser makes and models However the measurement methodology will be the same and these are described below 7 3 1 UV Absorption Ozone Analyser Ambient air is drawn into the analyser by a pump and passes through a reaction cell Ultra violet light of wavelength 254 nanometres 1 nm 10 m is passed through the sample Ozone absorbs light of this wavelength and this absorption is measured using a UV detector An ozone removing scrubber is used to provide a zero reference intensity The analyser alternately measures the absorption l of the air path with no ozone present and the absorption of the ambient sample The concentration c is calculated using the Beer Lambert equation h h e where the length of the reaction cell and a the absorption coefficient at 254 nm The UV absorption analyser
307. t CMCU for details e annual testing and replacement if necessary of fire extinguisher units first aid kits and any ladders at each site Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Table G 2 General Servicing Procedures Instrument servicing The analysers are serviced according to the manufacturer s recommended procedures NOTE The ozone analyser must be serviced first in order to allow sufficient time for it to warm up and stabilise before recalibration Other equipment Other associated equipment used on site is serviced according to manufacturer s recommendations including where applicable autocalibration facilities loggers modems Sample manifold The sample manifold and manifold fan are completely dismantled and cleaned All PTFE sample lines exposed to ambient air and up to the first sample inlet filter are cleaned or replaced All other PTFE tubing is cleaned If no manifold sample line teflon tubing is to be completely replaced Zero air For some sites the ESU will service and maintain the Zero Air cylinders generators Generator ZAG pumps although QA QC Unit is responsible for replacement of the ZAG consumables every 6 months Zero cylinders will be supplied on the same basis as span cylinders If requested by the CMCU the ESU will also change the PTFE lines between the ZAG and the instruments and between the calibration gas cylinders and the instrum
308. t must be completed as follows 1 All pre checks for the TEOM detailed in section 18 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the post calibration check sheet 2 Complete the final check section of the post calibration check sheet If out of service switches are not fitted telephone the QA QC to notify them that the visit is complete so that they may restore data dissemination Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 123 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 3 Complete the calibration end time 4 Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to a deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation which may lead to members of the public or monitoring personnel being at risk 5 Check that the roof area and any fittings are secure If you have had to access the roof to clean the inlet of a particulate analyser see relevant instructions check that that there are no loose items left on the roof and then stow the ladder safely inside the hut 6 Where applicable check that all cylinders are firmly closed and the cylinder store locked Note if the cylinders are used for autocalibration purposes via solenoid control the cylinders must be left on 7 Ensure the cabinet is clean and tidy 8
309. t one end of the excess flow meter to the inlet line the other end to the regulator attached to the nitric oxide NO in nitrogen calibration gas cylinder Turn the calibration valve to NO Span 9 Open the NO in nitrogen cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 59 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 10 Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from left hand dial by turning the pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve adjusting the flow through the excess flow meter to produce 1 0 0 1 litres per minute 11 Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample for a period of not less than 10 minutes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute 12 Record three consecutive sets of NOx NO NO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 10 seconds between each set of readings The signal should show a large deflection from the zero points previously obtained 13 In the following order fully close the
310. terwards press EXIT to return to the concentration overview screen 3 The analyser monitors several important pieces of information about its current operation Of these sample flow and various reaction cell parameters are of particular interest Press the MENU function key to access the MAIN menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the MAINTENANCE menu press EXEC to enter this menu Using the up and down arrows highlight the ANALOGUE INPUT menu press EXEC to enter this menu Record the detector pressure and sample flow on the precalibration checklist Return to the concentration overview screen by pressing the EXIT key to quit the various menus 16 3 3 SO2 Analyser The APSA 360 SO analyser has a multi line alphanumeric display that via a system of menus can display a variety of analyser information such as pollutant concentration and system error messages In addition control of the calibration of the site analyser is undertaken via the system calibration menu A screen saver function on the analyser automatically turns the screen off when no key has been pressed for 30 minutes Pressing any key on the analyser front panel will turn the screen on again A blinking cursor on the display disappears after 10 minutes of inactivity to redisplay the cursor press the up or down arrows 1 In normal operation the analyser should be displaying the current ambient SO2 concentration the Mode field will show EXT the correct time and date should
311. the instrument Because of this it will be necessary for LSOs to replace this cylinder periodically 1 10 11 If not already fitted connect the regulator to the cylinder using the spanner provided Ensure that the regulator is tightly fitted to the cylinder The CO regulator has a left hand thread The regulator must be purged To do this briefly open the main cylinder valve and close it again Open the regulator output valve The sound of escaping gas should be heard and the cylinder pressure gauge should fall rapidly If it does not fall check that the main cylinder valve is fully turned off When the gas present in the regulator has fully vented the regulator should be closed once more This should be repeated twice leaving the regulator closed Connect the Teflon tubing from the analyser to the output of the regulator Open the cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Check that there are no leaks from around the regulator seals using the SNOOP leak detecting solution provided Tighten the regulator if necessary Record the cylinder pressure from the right hand dial Adjust the regulator secondary pressure to 15 psi as read from the left hand dial by turning the regulator pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet valve left hand fully Turn the CO SERVICE control to OUT allowing data to be flagged Press the span button on the front of the analyser A click should b
312. the site logger via the site telephone line The modem requires Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 31 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual e Mains power e A connection to the site telephone wall socket or antenna in the case of mobile communications devices e a connection to the logger or analyser port and e Correct programming The modem program is held in a battery backed store and should not require re entry except after a prolonged power cut Where sites have a history of modems locking up a timer device may be used to reset it daily 8 8 Auto Calibration Facilities The provision of a daily automatic calibration check on site analysers is an essential part of the overall monitoring quality assurance programme These performance checks enable rapid remote detection of system faults via the telemetry system and thereby minimise data loss through instrument malfunction The automatic calibration facility provides a zero and span check initiated either directly by the analyser or by the data logger The data recorded during the calibration are flagged and readily scrutinised by the Management Unit for evidence of faults The daily calibration cycle is timed to minimise loss of ambient data Details of the methods and auto calibration standards used are given in section 9 Principles of Calibration Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 32 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland
313. the case of non AURN sites the LSO will need to make their own arrangements for delivery and collection of gas cylinders and it will be their responsibility to ensure cylinders are replaced before the gas runs out The LSO will need to remove the gas pressure regulator from the empty cylinder and replace it on the new cylinder Although this is a simple procedure training is necessary to ensure it is carried out safely This training will be provided by Ricardo AEA where required Always wear safety glasses when changing cylinders and regulators and protective footwear when moving cylinders The procedure is as follows e Ensure cylinder valve is fully turned off e Depressurise the regulator by operating the purge valve on the system The regulator will not unscrew safely when still under pressure e Unscrew the regulator using the spanner supplied Note that BS4 and BS15 all CO cylinders are left hand threads i e are unscrewed anticlockwise Left handed fittings are distinguished by notches cut in the fitting nut e Connect the regulator to the new cylinder ensuring that the sealing washer is intact When tightening the regulator apply moderate force only do not over tighten e Close the regulator outlet valve small knob and gently open the cylinder valve the inlet pressure gauge should rise Turn the cylinder valve off and check the regulator fitting for leaks using Snoop leak detector if necessary e Purge the air from
314. the data logger display if present and the instrument s display and recorded on the calibration spreadsheets When closing the gas cylinder valves care should be taken not to overtighten the valves on the gas regulator Overtightening can damage the needle valve mechanism resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should however be tightly closed to avoid venting the cylinder Where autocalibration systems use solenoid valve switching of the site cylinders as opposed to permeation devices the cylinders should already be on before calibration starts and should be left on In order to have a full and complete set of instructions for each analyser instructions for opening gas cylinder valves are contained within the calibration procedure for each analyser However when all analysers are being calibrated in practice it will usually be best to open all cylinders at the same time after ensuring that any needle valves in the cabinet are closed All cylinders can then be closed if necessary at the same time at the end of the calibration session 17 4 1 CO Analyser The two point calibration of a carbon monoxide analyser is carried out as follows 1 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration spreadsheet 2 The analyser is automatically flagged as out of service when the analyser is unlocked This prevents calibration data being disseminated as ambient concentrations 3 On the LC
315. the test button once more This will display the current time on the instrument display Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 47 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 11 3 5 Air Sampling Manifold where fitted Record the following checks on the precalibration checklist 1 Check that the sample manifold is intact and shows no sign of possible leakage 2 Check that the blower motor is operating by listening and feeling for vibration on the motor housing 3 Check that the instrument sample inlet tubes are connected to the manifold and the sample inlet port at the back of the rack and that these connections are secure and leak tight 11 3 6 Modem where fitted Check that the AA TR and MR red lights are displayed on the modem and record on the precalibration checklist 11 3 7 Zero Air Generator Check the condition of the scrubbers two of which are self indicating silica gel turns from orange to clear and purafil from purple to brown as it becomes exhausted A diagram of the zero air generator has been shown earlier in Figure 9 1 1 Check that at least 25 of the silica gel is still orange If less than 25 of the silica gel is orange please contact the QAQC do not change the silica gel yourself as it can give off a harmful dust 2 Check that at least 25 of the purafil is still purple If less than 25 of the purafil is purple note on the calibration record sheet but continue with calibratio
316. tion device where provided is correctly fitted Ensure there is adequate ventilation Compliance with applicable regulations 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION EC Labelling Not classified as dangerous preparation substance Symbol s None R Phrase s None S Phrase s None 16 OTHER INFORMATION Training advice Asphyxiant in high concentrations Keep container in a well ventilated place Do not breathe the gas The hazard of asphyxiation is often overlooked and must be stressed during operator training Receptacle under pressure Ensure all national local regulations are observed End of document Air Liquide UK Ltd In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Appendix C Glossary of Abbreviations and Conversion Factors Ref Ricardo AEA ED57729 Issue 1 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual ppm parts per million PM Particulate Matter the mass fraction of particles collected by a sampler with a 50 inlet cut off at aerodynamic diameter 10um QAN QC Quality Assurance and Control SO Sulphur Dioxide TEOM Tapered Element Oscillating Microbalance UKAS United Kingdom Accreditation Service UV Ultra violet yum micrometres 3 3 ugm oryug m microgrammes per cubic metre Conversion Factors at 293K and 101 3 kPa Nitric oxide 3 3 1
317. tion of the sulphur dioxide analyser will be undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration will be carried out as follows 1 2 Record the instrument serial number on the calibration record sheet Switch the SO SERVICE control to OUT OF SERVICE This allows calibration data to be flagged To access the SERVICE menu press the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the OUT OF SERVICE MENU option and then press the ENTER button Press ENTER to highlight the INSVC OUTSVC option for switching the analyser out of service and use the arrow key to change the option to OUTSVC Press ENTER again and the HOME button to return to the primary screen OUT OF SERVICE should appear on the status line Either e Connect the zero air canister to the inlet line so that the analyser is now sampling air through the zero air canister The zero air scrubber to be used is the one containing the orange silica gel and the black hopcalite The silica gel end should be open to the environment the hopcalite end connected to the instrument OR e If a zero air cylinder is used then open the cylinder main valve by turning it fully anticlockwise Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indic
318. tions and the results Once the problem has been rectified the QA QC may ask the LSO to carry out a routine calibration according to the standard procedures As with routine calibrations the results must be forwarded to the QA QC Unit as soon as possible in order to allow data to be scaled correctly Similarly all action taken by the ESU will be documented and forwarded to the QA QC Unit In the event of the instrument being repaired on site it will be the responsibility of the ESU to recalibrate the instrument after a suitable stabilization period If however the instrument is removed and repaired off site a calibration must be undertaken by the ESU before removal where possible Any replacement instruments must be calibrated by the ESU upon installation The documentation forwarded to the the QA QC Unit must show clearly that this is a replacement instrument and the time allowed between instrument power up and calibration must be recorded From time to time particulate monitoring instruments may be subject to zero checks by the QA QC unit as detailed in section 9 1 5 of the main document This involves fitting a filter on the inlet in place of the PM head for a period of a few days so that the instrument is sampling particulate free air The LSO may be asked to return to site to remove the filters and replace the PM head and sharp cut cyclone for PM 5 analysers as appropriate Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 153 RICARDO AEA
319. tted with a sampling manifold To ensure that the measurements made by the analyser are representative of the pollutant concentrations in the surrounding atmosphere the sampled air must not be changed in any way by the process of transferring it from the inlet to the analysis cell of the instrument For this reason a manifold sampling system is used at most sites The manifold is constructed from an inert material such as glass or Teflon PTFE The sample probe inlet extends vertically through the roof of the housing to a height of at least 0 5 m above the roof thereby giving 360 unrestricted airflow The location of the sample inlet is such that ambient sampling is not influenced by gas discharges from the instruments calibration systems or adjoining installations such as the air conditioning unit Asimple rain hood is used to prevent water from entering the manifold The sampling manifold system has the following design specifications Constructed of inert material Inlet protection against rain insects or large particulate matter Demountable for cleaning Sample residence time of less than 5 seconds between the inlet to the manifold and the inlet to the analysers Minimum total flow through the manifold of 20 litres minute e Pressure drop in the manifold system not exceeding 0 25 water and e Fitted with outlets for 1 4 PTFE tubing for connection to analysers An independent suction motor is connected to the manifold to dra
320. ty information 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION No known toxicological effects from this product Ecological effects information Effect on ozone layer 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS No known ecological damage caused by this product None General Disposal method Air Liquide UK Ltd Do not discharge into any place where its accumulation could be dangerous Contact supplier if guidance is required Consult supplier for specific recommendations In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill Birmingham B46 1JY United Kingdom Page 3 3 SAFETY DATA SHEET Revised edition no 2 Date 16 3 2009 Supersedes 15 4 2008 lt 200 ppm sulphur dioxide in air 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION UN No 1956 H I nr 20 ADR RID Proper shipping name COMPRESSED GAS N O S Compressed air ADR Class 2 ADR RID Classification code 1A Labelling ADR Label 2 2 Non flammable non toxic gas Other transport information Avoid transport on vehicles where the load space is not separated from the driver s compartment Ensure vehicle driver is aware of the potential hazards of the load and knows what to do in the event of an accident or an emergency Before transporting product containers Ensure that containers are firmly secured Ensure cylinder valve is closed and not leaking Ensure valve outlet cap nut or plug where provided is correctly fitted Ensure valve protec
321. uires that all employees while at work shall e Take reasonable care for the health and safety of himself and other persons who may be affected by his acts or omissions at work and e As regards any duty or requirement imposed on his employer or any other person by or under any of the relevant statutory provisions to co operate wth him so far as is necessary to enable that duty or requirement to be performed or complied wth Employers shall conduct their work In such a way as to ensure so far as is reasonably practicable that persons not in his employment who may be affected thereby are not thereby exposed to risks to their health or safety Also as far as their own employees are concerned employers shall e Provide and maintain plant and systems of work that are so far as is reasonably practicable safe and wthout risks to health e Arrange for ensuring so far as is reasonably practicable safety and absence of risks to health in connection wth the use handling storage and transport of articles and substances e Provide such information instruction training and supervision as is necessary to ensure so far as is reasonably practicable the health and safety at work of his employees e So far as is reasonably practicable as regards any place of work under the employer s control the maintenance of it in a condition that is safe and without risks to health and the provision and maintenance of
322. ument tests are undertaken by QA QC Unit personnel in combination with the 6 monthly instrument inter calibration and servicing exercises Each analyser must be calibrated exactly as it is found In this way any instrumental drifts which may have occurred since the previous calibration will be exactly quantified with there being no possibility that changes in response have been caused by any operator action Occasionally the QA QC may advise the LSO to carry out an instrument adjustment to optimise analyser sensitivity It is not likely that this will need to be done frequently If such adjustments are necessary the instrument will be recalibrated after a suitable initial stabilisation period of typically 15 minutes so allowing the production of provisional revised calibration factors However full stabilisation of the instrument may take several hours Ideally the instrument should be recalibrated after a further 24 hours The QA QC will advise on this The following sections of the manual describe step by step procedures which must be followed during site visits The sequence in which zero and span calibrations are performed is not critical However apart from this it is essential that the procedures are followed exactly as written for both routine and non routine site visits 17 2 Preparation 1 On arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser to see if an episode is occurring i e pollution leve
323. urring Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 76 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual phone QA QC before proceeding further Usually the QA QC will advise delaying the calibration until the episode is over 2 Take a new set of check and calibration spreadsheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time This can be done directly into the spreadsheet on a laptop or written onto a paper printout of the spreadsheet and entered electronically back at your Office 3 Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully Ensure that the site toolkit if provided is complete 14 3 Pre calibration Checks In this section a number of initial visual checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the pre calibration spreadsheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration 14 3 1 CO Analyser The Monitor Labs model ML9830 CO analyser has a liquid crystal display which in normal operation shows the current CO concentration the operation mode of the analyser time of day date and a main menu option This display is termed the primary screen If a failure condition is detected a fault will be displayed on the status line above the operating mode line If there are multiple failure
324. us ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed By considering previous calibration results satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 0 5 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QAN QC Change the NOx analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 15 5 of this section Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Switch the NOx SERVICE control to IN SERVICE when the analyser has fallen to the ambient levels seen prior to the calibration To access the SERVICE menu press the ENTER button when the MAIN MENU option is highlighted on the primary screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the OUT OF SERVICE MENU option and then press the ENTER button Press ENTER to highlight the INSVC OUTSVC option and use the arrow key to change the option to INSVC Press ENTER again and the HOME button to return to the primary screen OUT OF SERVICE should disappear from the status line 15 4 3 SO2 Analyser The two point calibra
325. use with the first roll of tape After that you can use the empty core tube left over from your last roll right reel hub to spool up the new roll Never fasten the filter tape to the aluminum hub 4 Load the new roll of filter tape onto the right supply reel and route the tape through the transport assembly as shown in Figure 20 6 below Attach the loose end of the filter tape to the empty core tube with cellophane tape or equivalent 5 If the tape change is a result of a tape break do not replace with entirely new spool unless it is close to being empty Remove used filter tape from the left hand spool and attach loose end to the empty core tube 6 Rotate the tape roll by hand to remove excess slack and then install the clear plastic spool covers The covers will clamp the rolls to the hubs to prevent slipping Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 143 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 7 8 10 11 Align the filter tape so that it is centered on all of the rollers Newer units have score marks on the rollers to aide in visually centering the tape Unlatch and lower the pinch roller assembly onto the tape The BAM will not function if the pinch rollers are latched up and it has no way of automatically lowering the roller assembly Press the lt TENSION gt soft key in the TAPE menu The BAM 1020 will set the tape to the correct tension and alert you if there was an error with the proces
326. using the soft keys Only the last 12 days which contain data records are available in this menu The F4 key can be used without interrupting a sample cycle F5 Transfer Module This key is used to copy the memory contents to an optional transfer storage module to retrieve the digital data without a computer This function is rarely used Met One recommends downloading the data with a laptop computer or modem connection F6 Blank This key is not assigned a data function Upon arrival at the site check the pollutant levels on the front panel of each analyser to see if an episode is occurring i e PMio levels during the last hour are about 100ug m 1 Using the most up to date electronic calibration sheets provided enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time 2 Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully 3 Ensure that the site toolkit is complete If out of service switches are not fitted at the site the QA QC should be telephoned upon arrival This will allow them to ensure that calibration data is not disseminated as ambient data Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 138 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 20 4 Pre and Post Calibration checks In this section a number of initial visible checks are made on the equipment Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the pre calibration sheet Complete all the checks for
327. ust be changed on a fortnightly basis at all sites If a filter appears unusually dirty inform the QA QC Detailed instructions for sample inlet filter changing 1 Unscrew the front of the filter holder 2 Lift the top cover of the filter holder off the bottom section 3 Inspect filter for signs of excessive soiling Inspect the perimeter of the filter holder for signs of wear and the effectiveness of the filter holder clip 4 Take clean filter from box using the tweezers supplied and insert into base of filter holder 5 Replace top of filter holder and secure 6 Check that Teflon lines to filter holder are well secured 15 6 Post calibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network reports time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive analyser noise or cyclic response changes Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert network managers and the QA QC Unit as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at regular scheduled intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance excessive rise
328. utes Ensure that the excess flow measured by the flow meter remains stable during this time if a flow meter is present Adjust the flow if necessary to maintain 1 0 litre per minute Verify that stabilisation has taken place i e the CO concentration should not vary more than 0 4 ppm in 10 minutes which can also be confirmed by the concentration plot on the analyser primary screen Record three consecutive CO readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration The signal should show a large deflection from the zero point previously obtained In the following order fully close the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed Compare with previous calibration results to satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 0 5 ppm from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure lf the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QANQC Change the CO analyser
329. valuable data from the episode being lost 2 Take a new set of check and calibration sheets and enter Site Date and Operator and Start Time 3 Ensure the Operational Manual is to hand and follow the instructions carefully 4 Ensure that the site toolkit if provided is complete If the instrument has no out of service switch contact the QA QC This will allow them to ensure that calibration data are not disseminated as ambient data 18 3 Initial Checks for the TEOM A number of initial visual checks must be made on the equipment before carrying out any further tasks If at a site with other analysers for gaseous pollutants these will form part of the pre calibration checks Some checks require a tick and some require a value to be recorded on the precalibration sheet Complete all the checks for all the analysers and Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 116 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual ancillary equipment When all checks are complete inform the QA QC if any are not correct before proceeding with the calibration The R amp P TEOM instrument has a 4 line display screen as shown in Figure 18 1 The top line is fixed and displays from left to right current status code current operating mode percentage of filter lifetime used current RS 232 mode and current time The other 3 lines of the display can be used to scroll through a list of 16 information lines displaying va
330. vden ees 43 API Equipment Site Operational ProcedureS sssssnssssnnnnsnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennnen nnn 45 WEA INTOdUCUO knn REEN 45 11 2 Preparation vaists tarncessiaaseaadatitaasstonsecrdtinctdidansisanttacstinnansiinnaeaaraniecebumlesdeiaiaateesduilinls 46 11 3 Precalibration Checks serciccniccscursrisi iee 46 11 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseneeeseeeeeeeneees 48 11 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters nnnnnoonnoenneenneeenn eeen nsernssrnnsneesnnnernnet 53 11 6 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection ceeeeeeeees 53 Thermo Fisher Series Equipment Site Operational Procedures 0008 55 12 1 MAUI HOM essttiecsccsttiate Crue dna cunteiedosstonleckekaunet nenie a easi a Ea E 55 122 Prepar tiON sree E A a RANS 56 12 3 Precalibration Checks cccccccecseeseceeseneeeeeseaeeeeecseeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeseaeeeeesseeaeeeseeaaas 56 12 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure ccccccesceceeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeesesneaesnseeennenees 58 12 5 Changing Analyser Sample Inlet Filters 00 0 ccc eceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneees 62 12 6 Changing the daily CO cylinder 0 0 cece ceeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeeeeees 63 12 7 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection cceeeeeeeeeeeees 63 Monitor Labs 98 Series Equipment Site Operational Procedures 0 65
331. vels 12 7 Postcalibration Checks Safety and Security Inspection As the Scottish Network reports time averaged concentration data it is important that operators critically assess the operating condition of the analysers over the time scales used in making discrete measurements Such assessments may not be possible by consideration of averaged data as the averaging process may mask such factors as excessive analyser noise or cyclic response changes Information on analyser performance over very short time periods is important as this will alert the QA QC Unit as to whether instrumentation faults are developing Performing calibration checks at regular scheduled intervals as detailed previously is an excellent means of assessing instrument performance characteristics For instance Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 63 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual excessive rise or fall times possibly due to flow constrictions having developed will be easily noted by a simple calibration of the analyser Similarly noisy analyser outputs which may be caused by inefficient photomultiplier tube cooling systems will be immediately apparent by observing the analyser output while sampling zero air In addition seemingly unimportant occurrences such as an analyser air pump being noisy may be indicative that the unit is liable to malfunction this should be reported by the operator Obviously the level to
332. w in a large excess volume of ambient air from which each analyser samples the excess air is vented out of the hut Typical specifications of the air sampling manifold are given in Table 8 1 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 30 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Table 8 1 Typical specifications for air sampling manifold Manifold material Glass with Teflon fittings Length 2500 mm Internal Diameter 25mm Blower speed 3030 rpm Although condensation in the manifold is unlikely to be a problem in the ambient conditions prevailing in the UK a water trap has been included The manifold is not heated as this is usually only required in very high temperature humidity operating conditions Ambient gas analysers are individually connected to the sample manifold via 1 4 PTFE or equivalent tube The length of this tube is kept as short as possible and is usually between 1 2 metres A PTFE filter is held in a PTFE coated filter holder situated on the front panel of the instrument rack in order to protect each instrument from ingress of particulate matter Another filter is situated at the back of each instrument but this will only be changed at 6 monthly intervals by the instrument service technicians or QA QC Unit If however this is the only filter it will need to be changed by the LSO during routine maintenance calibration Increasingly analysers sample ambient air through a single PTFE tube
333. which these problems will be detected will depend upon the experience and familiarity with the equipment of each individual operator but the operator must critically review the calibration he she has undertaken and comment on any unusual or suspect results or occurrences In addition the postcalibration check sheet must be completed as follows 1 All precalibration checks detailed in section 12 3 must now be repeated and recorded on the postcalibration check sheet as follows CO Analyser NOx Analyser e SO Analyser Ozone Analyser e FDMS or other particulate analyser if applicable not required when filter not changed Air Sampling Manifold not required if precalibration was OK Modem 2 Compare the results of the post calibration checks to the precalibration values If there are any large unexpected changes notify the QA QC 3 Complete the final check section of the postcalibration check sheet If no out of service switches are present telephone the QA QC to notify them that the calibration is complete so that they may restore data dissemination 4 Complete the calibration end time 5 Inspect the cabinet inside and outside for security and safety purposes paying particular attention to electrical and telephone connections Check for any signs of vandalism especially if this may affect safety or lead to a deterioration in data quality Immediate action must be taken to rectify any situation that may lead to members of th
334. wn as it becomes exhausted 1 Check that at least 25 of the silica gel is still orange If less than 25 of the silica gel is orange please contact the QA QC do not change the silica gel yourself as it can give off a harmful dust 2 Check that at least 25 of the purafil is still purple If less than 25 of the purafil is purple note on the calibration record sheet but continue with calibration 3 Check the tubing from the canisters is secure and the lid is tight Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 57 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 3 6 Changing the Silica Gel It is no longer necessary for the LSO to change the silica gel This is carried out by either the QA QC unit or the ESU 12 3 7 Completion of Precalibration Checks If any of the above checks are not correct inform QA QC before proceeding with calibration If all correct proceed to the next section 12 4 Analyser Calibration Procedure View the Thermo i Analyser Calibration Video on YouTube Results of the calibration will be taken from either the data logger display if fitted or the instrument s display for recording on the calibration record sheets When closing the calibration gas cylinder valves care should be taken not to over tighten the valves on the gas regulator Over tightening can damage the needle valve mechanism resulting in the outlet valve failing to open The main valve on the top of each cylinder should how
335. www hse gov uk pubns indg402 pdf 10 6 Lone Working It is the LSO s responsibility to implement safe working procedures These should include precautions to minimise the risks associated with lone working in circumstances where it is necessary for an LSO to visit a monitoring site alone The following precautions should be included although this is not an exhaustive list e Ensure someone at your office knows where you are going and when you will be expected back Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 42 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual Take a mobile phone with you ensure it is charged and that there is someone available to call for help if necessary However avoid carrying any other valuables Carry out site visits during daylight If you feel threatened e g by a member of the public acting suspiciously or behaving in a hostile way leave and re schedule the visit Keep in regular contact with a colleague at your office if you are out for a long period or are visiting several sites 10 7 Other Hazards 10 7 1 Indicating Silica Gel The indicating silica gel found in zero air scrubbers should all be of the orange type There should be no blue silica gel at any AURN sites this was phased out some time ago as the blue colour cobalt chloride is considered harmful It is possible there may be some Scottish sites still using blue silica gel If you find any blue silica gel it must be d
336. y s MCERTS Monitoring Certification Scheme and into other European product certification schemes such as TUV Technischer Uberwachungsverein Technical Monitoring Association in Germany Typical performance specifications of analysers used in the AURN are given in Table 7 2 and have been taken from the following British Standards documents e Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of nitrogen dioxide and nitrogen monoxide by chemiluminescence BS EN 14211 2005 e Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of sulphur dioxide by ultraviolet fluorescence BS EN 14212 2005 Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 17 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual e Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of ozone by ultraviolet photometry BS EN 14625 2005 e Ambient air quality Standard method for the measurement of the concentration of carbon monoxide by nondispersive infrared spectroscopy BS EN 14626 2005 e Air quality Determination of the PM10 fraction of suspended particulate matter Reference method and field test procedure to demonstrate reference equivalence of measurement methods BS EN 12341 1999 and e Standard gravimetric measurement method for the determination of PM2 5 mass fraction of suspended matter BS EN 14907 2005 Some of these standards are currently
337. y Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 6 7 Inspect the two inlet tube o rings for wear and replace if necessary Wipe off any grease present and apply a thin coating of fresh silicon grease to the o rings Clean the internal threads of the assembly with Decon 90 on a lint free tissue 19 2 7 Replacing the Head 1 2 Screw the Acceleration and Collector assemblies together until the threads are hand tight DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN Place the complete assembly back onto the TEOM FDMS inlet tube 19 2 8 TEOM Sensor Unit Filter Exchange Procedure 1 10 11 12 Refer to Figure 19 4 and Figure 19 5 when following the instructions for filter exchange It is recommended that the TEOM sensor unit filter box is stored in the sensor unit of the TEOM analyser so they are preconditioned before changing Check that the TEOM out of service switch is ON For sites without out of service switches press the lt Data Stop gt button on the instrument front panel This will flag any subsequent data as invalid Open the door of the TEOM sensor unit Carefully lift the clip on the front of the mass transducer to allow the transducer to open into its filter changing position and expose the filter Carefully insert the filter exchange tool under the used filter cartridge so that the filter disk is between the fork and the upper plate of the tool with the hub of the filter between the tines of the lower form Gently lift the filt
338. y close the SO calibration gas control valve in hut the regulator outlet valve do not overtighten the main cylinder valve tightly and the primary regulator valve This traps gas in the regulator thus ensuring a positive pressure and hence no ingress of ambient air Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their previous setting if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QAQC should be informed By considering previous calibration results obtained from the calibration just performed satisfy yourself that the calibration has proceeded successfully The zero value should not differ by more than 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 51 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 15 16 previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QAQC Change the SO sample inlet filter following the instructions given in section 11 5 Switch the SO back into service by pressing the Exit button The sample light will begin to flash until the end of the current 15 minute mean 11 4 5 Ozone Analyser There is no longer a requirement for the LSO to perform the two point calibration of the ozone analyser during each site visit The analyser performs an internal zero span
339. y current CO concentrations and depending on the make and model of analyser other parameters can be selected as necessary An external carbon monoxide in air calibration cylinder and internal air scrubber or laser air cylinder are used to provide daily automatic check calibrations Key IR source Neutral Filter N3 Gas filter cell CO Modulator Sample gas Mirror Filter Detector OnNOoaRWNM Figure 7 4 Diagram of Carbon Monoxide Analyser 7 3 5 Particulate Matter In Scotland two specific size fractions are monitored PM the thoracic fraction and PM 5 the high risk respirable size fraction The same principles are used to monitor both a size selective inlet head or cyclone cut off is used to ensure that only the required size fraction enters the particle analyser 7 3 5 1 TEOM Tapered Element Oscillating Microbalance All TEOM particulate analysers at AURN sites in Scotland and elsewhere have undergone modification by retrofitting with an FDMS unit However some non AURN monitoring sites in Scotland still use the unmodified TEOM This section explains the operating principle of the TEOM which is applicable to the both the unmodified instrument and the FDMS analyser The tapered element oscillating microbalance TEOM system determines particulate concentration by continuously weighing particles deposited on a filter The filter is attached to a hollow tapered element which vibrates at its natural frequency
340. y pressing the DIAGS key scroll down using the arrow and enter keys to access and record all of the required temperature pressure and flow parameters in the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press gt 12 3 4 Ozone Analyser The Thermo Electron model 49i O3 analyser has a LCD display which in normal operation shows the current O concentration 1 Check the display and record the current O concentration on the precalibration checklist and check the analyser is in service mode see Section 12 2 Preparation 2 Record any alarms unusual display status 3 Access the analysers alarm status from the primary screen by using the Alarm and arrow keys Note any alarms displayed To return to the primary screen press gt 4 Access the instrument operating parameters by pressing the DIAGS key scroll down using the arrow and enter keys to access and record all of the required temperature pressure and flow parameters in the precalibration checklist To return to the primary screen press gt 12 3 5 Zero Air Generation Zero air may be provided by chemical scrubber towers with or without a pump or using a zero air cylinder For scrubber equipped sites at which all pollutants are measured two zero towers will be present check the condition of the scrubber materials in the canisters two of which are self indicating silica gel turns from orange to clear and purafil from purple to bro
341. y switch off after 2 3 minutes 5 Record three consecutive sets of readings from the data logger or instrument display depending on site configuration allow 1 2 minutes between each set of readings Allow the analyser to stabilise on zero air The Stab value should be less than 1ppb Repeat process if readings did not stabilise Press and hold lt SPAN gt button until red light illuminates if an auto calibration cylinder is being used to calibrate the analyser If a cylinder is being manually connected to be used for the calibration press and hold lt SERVICE gt button until red light illuminates 9 Read cylinder pressure from right hand dial and cylinder number from tag on cylinder and enter these on the calibration sheet Do not use the cylinder if the pressure indicated is less than 300 psi In this event contact QA QC immediately 10 Check flow of site cylinder regulator secondary pressure should read approximately 15 psi To adjust flow slowly turn pressure control right hand valve Slowly open the regulator outlet left hand valve Note that the pressure regulator dials should remain at their setting while lt SPAN gt button is illuminated if a marked decrease is observed there is a leak in the system and the QA QC should be informed 11 Allow the analyser to stabilise on this sample Note the button will automatically switch off after 2 3 minutes Verify that stabilisation has taken place by checking the Stab
342. zards identification 4 FIRST AID MEASURES In high concentrations may cause asphyxiation Compressed gas First aid measures Inhalation Ingestion 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES In high concentrations may cause asphyxiation Symptoms may include loss of mobility consciousness Victim may not be aware of asphyxiation Remove victim to uncontaminated area wearing self contained breathing apparatus Keep victim warm and rested Call a doctor Apply artificial respiration if breathing stopped Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure Flammable class Specific hazards Hazardous combustion products Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media Specific methods Special protective equipment for fire fighters 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Non flammable Exposure to fire may cause containers to rupture explode Under fire conditions hazardous fumes will be present All known extinguishants can be used If possible stop flow of product Move away from the container and cool with water from a protected position In confined space use self contained breathing apparatus Personal precautions Environmental precautions Air Liquide UK Ltd Evacuate area Ensure adequate air ventilation Wear self contained breathing apparatus when entering area unless atmosphere is proved to be safe Try to stop release In case of emergency 01675 462695 Station Road Coleshill
343. zero value should not differ by more than 10 mV 4 ppb from the previous calibration The span calibration value should not differ by more than 5 from that obtained during the previous calibration If in doubt repeat the relevant procedure If the results of this are also unsatisfactory contact the QA QC Change the SO analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 13 5 of this section Reconnect the ambient sample line to the analyser Switch the SO SERVICE control to IN 13 4 5 Ozone Analyser 1 2 Record the instrument number on the calibration record sheet Switch the O SERVICE control to OUT This allows calibration data to be flagged The SERVICE switch is mounted on the secondary panel behind the instrument front panel To access this panel grasp the front top corners of the front panel and pull forward The panel will pop loose and pivot forward Change the O analyser sample inlet filter following the instructions given in part 13 5 of this section Switch the O SERVICE control to IN Ref Ricardo AEA R ED57729 Issue 1 71 RICARDO AEA Air Quality Monitoring in Scotland Site Operators Manual 12 4 6 Where a web logger is installed A two point calibration of the ML analyser is undertaken during each site visit or in the rare event of an analyser adjustment The calibration is carried out as follows 1 2 oND 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Record

50BAir Quality Monitoring in Scotland: Site Operators' Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents